Huawei iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide(Configuration)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System V100R002C01

Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration) Issue

03

Date

2010-08-16

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:

Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

About This Document

About This Document Related Versions The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Product Name

Version

iManager U2000

V100R002C01

Intended Audience Focusing on the configuration management of the CORBA NBI, this document describes the enhanced development of the NBI from the aspects as follows: basic information, interface function, information model, and interface model. This document provides the reference information about the configuration management of the CORBA NBI. This document is intended for: l

Application Developer

l

Data Configuration Engineer

Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol

Description

DANGER

WARNING Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

About This Document

Symbol

Description

CAUTION

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance degradation, or unexpected results.

TIP

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time.

NOTE

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text.

Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic

Command arguments are in italics.

[]

Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... }

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ]

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }*

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

iv

Convention

Description

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

>

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

About This Document

Change History Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all updates made in previous issues.

Changes in Issue 03 (2010-08-16) Based on Product Version V100R002C01 Errors are corrected.

Changes in Issue 02 (2010-07-16) Based on Product Version V100R002C01 Errors are corrected.

Changes in Issue 01 (2010-05-18) Based on Product Version V100R002C01 Initial release.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Contents

Contents About This Document...................................................................................................................iii 1 Overview......................................................................................................................................1-1 1.1 Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................1-2 1.2 Configuration Management.............................................................................................................................1-2

2 Format of Notification Events..................................................................................................2-1 2.1 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event............................................................................................2-2 2.1.1 Header Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event......................................................................2-2 2.1.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event (filterable_data)........................................................2-2 2.1.3 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event (remainder_of_body)...............................................2-3 2.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event............................................................................................2-3 2.2.1 Header Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event.......................................................................2-4 2.2.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event (filterable_data)........................................................2-4 2.2.3 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event (remainder_of_body)................................................2-5 2.3 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event........................................................................2-5 2.3.1 Header Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event...................................................2-5 2.3.2 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data)....................................2-6 2.3.3 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)............................2-7 2.4 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event.................................................................................................2-7 2.4.1 Header Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event............................................................................2-7 2.4.2 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data)..............................................................2-8 2.4.3 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body).....................................................2-9 2.5 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event......................................................................................2-9 2.5.1 Header Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event.................................................................2-9 2.5.2 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data).................................................2-10 2.5.3 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)........................................2-12 2.6 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event...........................................................................2-12 2.6.1 Header Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event......................................................2-13 2.6.2 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data)........................................2-13 2.6.3 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)...............................2-14 2.7 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event..........................................................................2-14 2.7.1 Header Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event.....................................................2-14 2.7.2 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data)......................................2-15 Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

Contents

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration) 2.7.3 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)..............................2-16

2.8 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event.............................................................................2-16 2.8.1 Header Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event.......................................................2-17 2.8.2 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data).........................................2-17 2.8.3 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)................................2-18 2.9 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event..................................................................................2-18 2.9.1 Header Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event............................................................2-19 2.9.2 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data)..............................................2-19 2.9.3 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)......................................2-20 2.10 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event...............................................................................2-21 2.10.1 Header Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event.........................................................2-21 2.10.2 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data)...........................................2-21 2.10.3 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)...................................2-22 2.11 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event............................................................................................2-22 2.11.1 Header Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event.......................................................................2-23 2.11.2 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data).........................................................2-23 2.11.3 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)................................................2-24 2.12 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event........................................................................2-24 2.12.1 Header Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event..................................................2-24 2.12.2 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data)....................................2-25 2.12.3 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)............................2-26 2.13 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event............................................................................2-26 2.13.1 Header Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event.......................................................2-26 2.13.2 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event (filterable_data).........................................2-27 2.13.3 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event (remainder_of_body)................................2-28 2.14 Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event........................................................................................2-28 2.14.1 Header Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event..................................................................2-28 2.14.2 Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event (filterable_data)....................................................2-29 2.15 Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event.....................................................................................................2-29 2.15.1 Header Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event...............................................................................2-30 2.15.2 Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event (filterable_data).................................................................2-30

3 Information Model.....................................................................................................................3-1 3.1 emsMgr............................................................................................................................................................3-2 3.1.1 EMS_T...................................................................................................................................................3-2 3.2 equipment........................................................................................................................................................3-4 3.2.1 EQTCreateData_T..................................................................................................................................3-4 3.2.2 Equipment_T..........................................................................................................................................3-5 3.2.3 EquipmentHolder_T...............................................................................................................................3-6 3.3 managedElement.............................................................................................................................................3-7 3.3.1 ManagedElement_T...............................................................................................................................3-7 3.4 subnetworkConnection....................................................................................................................................3-8 3.4.1 CrossConnect_T.....................................................................................................................................3-8 viii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Contents

3.4.2 TPData_T...............................................................................................................................................3-9 3.4.3 SubnetworkConnection_T......................................................................................................................3-9 3.4.4 SNCCreateData_T................................................................................................................................3-11 3.4.5 SNCModifyData_T..............................................................................................................................3-15 3.5 multiLayerSubnetwork..................................................................................................................................3-18 3.5.1 MultiLayerSubnetwork_T....................................................................................................................3-18 3.6 topologicalLink.............................................................................................................................................3-19 3.6.1 TopologicalLink_T...............................................................................................................................3-19 3.7 terminationPoint............................................................................................................................................3-19 3.7.1 TerminationPoint_T.............................................................................................................................3-20 3.8 protection.......................................................................................................................................................3-21 3.8.1 ProtectionGroup_T...............................................................................................................................3-22 3.8.2 SwitchData_T.......................................................................................................................................3-28 3.8.3 WDMProtectionGroup_T.....................................................................................................................3-29 3.8.4 WDMSwitchData_T.............................................................................................................................3-30 3.8.5 EProtectionGroup_T............................................................................................................................3-31 3.8.6 ESwitchData_T....................................................................................................................................3-34 3.8.7 IPSwitchData_T...................................................................................................................................3-34 3.9 HW_mstpInventory.......................................................................................................................................3-35 3.9.1 HW_MSTPEndPoint_T.......................................................................................................................3-36 3.9.2 HW_VirtualBridge_T...........................................................................................................................3-36 3.9.3 HW_VirtualLAN_T.............................................................................................................................3-37 3.9.4 HW_ForwardEndPoint_T....................................................................................................................3-37 3.9.5 HW_MSTPBindingPath_T..................................................................................................................3-38 3.9.6 HW_QosRule_T...................................................................................................................................3-38 3.9.7 HW_Flow_T.........................................................................................................................................3-39 3.9.8 HW_LinkAggregationGroup_T...........................................................................................................3-40 3.9.9 HW_LAGBranchPort _T.....................................................................................................................3-41 3.9.10 HW_SpanningTree_T........................................................................................................................3-41 3.9.11 HW_STCurrentPort_T.......................................................................................................................3-41 3.9.12 ShapingQueue....................................................................................................................................3-42 3.10 HW_mstpProtection....................................................................................................................................3-42 3.10.1 HW_RPRNode_T...............................................................................................................................3-42 3.10.2 HW_RPRTopoInfo_T........................................................................................................................3-43 3.10.3 HW_RPRSwitchData_T.....................................................................................................................3-44 3.10.4 HW_AtmProtectGroup_T..................................................................................................................3-45 3.10.5 HW_AtmServiceProtectPair_T..........................................................................................................3-46 3.10.6 HW_AtmPGSwitchData_T................................................................................................................3-46 3.10.7 HW_AtmPGSingleEndSwitchPara_T................................................................................................3-47 3.11 HW_mstpService........................................................................................................................................3-47 3.11.1 HW_EthServiceTP_T.........................................................................................................................3-47 3.11.2 HW_EthService_T.............................................................................................................................3-47 Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

Contents

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration) 3.11.3 HW_EthServiceCreateData_T...........................................................................................................3-48 3.11.4 HW_AtmService_T............................................................................................................................3-49 3.11.5 HW_AtmServiceCreateData_T..........................................................................................................3-50 3.11.6 HW_AtmServiceTP_T.......................................................................................................................3-50

3.12 trafficDescriptor..........................................................................................................................................3-50 3.12.1 TrafficDescriptor_T...........................................................................................................................3-51 3.12.2 TDCreateData_T................................................................................................................................3-51 3.13 encapsulationLayerLink..............................................................................................................................3-52 3.13.1 EncapsulationLayerLink_T................................................................................................................3-52 3.13.2 ELLinkCreateData_T.........................................................................................................................3-53 3.14 flowDomain.................................................................................................................................................3-54 3.14.1 FlowDomain_T..................................................................................................................................3-54 3.14.2 FlowDomainFragment_T...................................................................................................................3-55 3.14.3 FDFrCreateData_T.............................................................................................................................3-56 3.14.4 EthernetOAMPoint_T........................................................................................................................3-57 3.14.5 EthernetOAMOperation_T.................................................................................................................3-57 3.14.6 EthernetOAMParamer_T...................................................................................................................3-58 3.14.7 EthernetLTTestResult_T....................................................................................................................3-58 3.15 HW_controlPlane........................................................................................................................................3-58 3.15.1 HW_SnppLink_T...............................................................................................................................3-58 3.15.2 HW_Capacity_T.................................................................................................................................3-60 3.16 maintenanceOps..........................................................................................................................................3-60 3.16.1 CurrentMaintenanceOperation_T.......................................................................................................3-60 3.16.2 PRBSTestResult_T.............................................................................................................................3-61 3.16.3 PRBSTestParameter_T.......................................................................................................................3-61 3.16.4 SampleResult_T.................................................................................................................................3-61 3.16.5 TestDuration_T..................................................................................................................................3-62 3.17 TopoManagementManager.........................................................................................................................3-62 3.17.1 Node_T...............................................................................................................................................3-62 3.17.2 Position_T..........................................................................................................................................3-62 3.18 HW_vpnManager........................................................................................................................................3-62 3.18.1 MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T........................................................................................................3-63 3.18.2 MultipointServiceAttr_T....................................................................................................................3-64 3.18.3 StaticMacAddress_T..........................................................................................................................3-66 3.18.4 SplitHorizonGroup_T.........................................................................................................................3-66 3.18.5 IPCrossConnection_T........................................................................................................................3-66 3.18.6 TrafficTrunk_T...................................................................................................................................3-67 3.18.7 RouteConstraint_T.............................................................................................................................3-68 3.18.8 MFDFrModifyData_T........................................................................................................................3-69 3.18.9 TrafficTrunkCreateData_T.................................................................................................................3-70 3.18.10 TrafficTrunkModifyData_T.............................................................................................................3-71 3.19 trafficConditioningProfile...........................................................................................................................3-72 x

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Contents

3.19.1 HW_TCProfile_T...............................................................................................................................3-73 3.19.2 HW_TCProfileCreateData_T.............................................................................................................3-74 3.19.3 TrafficConditioningProfileAssign_T.................................................................................................3-75 3.19.4 TrafficConditioningProfileDeassign_T..............................................................................................3-75

4 Interface Model...........................................................................................................................4-1 4.1 Common_I.......................................................................................................................................................4-2 4.1.1 setUserLabel...........................................................................................................................................4-2 4.1.2 setnativeEMSName................................................................................................................................4-3 4.1.3 setOwner.................................................................................................................................................4-4 4.1.4 Notification.............................................................................................................................................4-5 4.2 EquipmentInventoryMgr_I..............................................................................................................................4-5 4.2.1 provisionEquipment...............................................................................................................................4-6 4.2.2 unprovisionEquipment...........................................................................................................................4-7 4.2.3 Notifications...........................................................................................................................................4-7 4.3 ManagedElementMgr_I.................................................................................................................................. 4-8 4.3.1 setTPData...............................................................................................................................................4-8 4.3.2 createCrossConnections.........................................................................................................................4-9 4.3.3 This interface is in the best-effort mode.deleteCrossConnections.......................................................4-11 4.3.4 activateCrossConnections....................................................................................................................4-12 4.3.5 deactivateCrossConnections.................................................................................................................4-13 4.3.6 createFTP.............................................................................................................................................4-15 4.3.7 deleteFTP.............................................................................................................................................4-16 4.3.8 modifyFTPMembers............................................................................................................................4-17 4.3.9 Notifications.........................................................................................................................................4-18 4.4 MultiLayerSubnetworkMgr_I.......................................................................................................................4-19 4.4.1 createSNC.............................................................................................................................................4-20 4.4.2 modifySNC...........................................................................................................................................4-22 4.4.3 activateSNC..........................................................................................................................................4-24 4.4.4 createAndActivateSNC........................................................................................................................4-26 4.4.5 deactivateSNC......................................................................................................................................4-28 4.4.6 deleteSNC.............................................................................................................................................4-29 4.4.7 deactivateAndDeleteSNC.....................................................................................................................4-30 4.4.8 checkValidSNC....................................................................................................................................4-32 4.4.9 setConjunctionSNC..............................................................................................................................4-33 4.4.10 swapSNC............................................................................................................................................4-34 4.4.11 Notifications.......................................................................................................................................4-36 4.5 ProtectionMgr_I............................................................................................................................................4-36 4.5.1 performProtectionCommand................................................................................................................4-36 4.5.2 performWDMProtectionCommand......................................................................................................4-38 4.5.3 Notifications.........................................................................................................................................4-39 4.6 HW_MSTPInventoryMgr_I..........................................................................................................................4-39 4.6.1 setMstpEndPoint..................................................................................................................................4-40 Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

Contents

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration) 4.6.2 createVirtualBridge..............................................................................................................................4-41 4.6.3 deleteVirtualBridge..............................................................................................................................4-42 4.6.4 createVLAN.........................................................................................................................................4-43 4.6.5 deleteVLAN.........................................................................................................................................4-44 4.6.6 addVLANForwardPort.........................................................................................................................4-45 4.6.7 delVLANForwardPort..........................................................................................................................4-46 4.6.8 setVLANData.......................................................................................................................................4-47 4.6.9 addBindingPath....................................................................................................................................4-48 4.6.10 delBindingPath...................................................................................................................................4-49 4.6.11 setLCASState.....................................................................................................................................4-50 4.6.12 createQosRule....................................................................................................................................4-51 4.6.13 setQosRule.........................................................................................................................................4-52 4.6.14 createFlow..........................................................................................................................................4-53 4.6.15 deleteQosRule....................................................................................................................................4-54 4.6.16 setFlow...............................................................................................................................................4-55 4.6.17 deleteFlow..........................................................................................................................................4-56 4.6.18 createLinkAggregationGroup.............................................................................................................4-57 4.6.19 modifyLinkAggregationGroup...........................................................................................................4-58 4.6.20 deleteLinkAggregationGroup.............................................................................................................4-59 4.6.21 setMstpEndPointShapingQueue.........................................................................................................4-60 4.6.22 setSTProtocolParam...........................................................................................................................4-61 4.6.23 setSTBridgeParam..............................................................................................................................4-62 4.6.24 setSTPortParam..................................................................................................................................4-63 4.6.25 Notifications.......................................................................................................................................4-64

4.7 HW_MSTPProtectionMgr_I.........................................................................................................................4-64 4.7.1 performRPRProtectionCommand........................................................................................................4-64 4.7.2 performAtmPGProtectionCommand....................................................................................................4-65 4.7.3 Notifications.........................................................................................................................................4-66 4.8 HW_MSTPServiceMgr_I..............................................................................................................................4-67 4.8.1 createEthService...................................................................................................................................4-67 4.8.2 deleteEthService...................................................................................................................................4-68 4.8.3 createAtmService.................................................................................................................................4-69 4.8.4 deleteAtmService.................................................................................................................................4-70 4.8.5 activateAtmService..............................................................................................................................4-71 4.8.6 deactivateAtmService...........................................................................................................................4-72 4.8.7 Notifications.........................................................................................................................................4-73 4.9 TrafficDescriptorMgr_I.................................................................................................................................4-73 4.9.1 activateTrafficDescriptor......................................................................................................................4-73 4.9.2 deactivateTrafficDescriptor..................................................................................................................4-74 4.9.3 HW_createTrafficDescriptor................................................................................................................4-75 4.9.4 deleteTrafficDescriptor........................................................................................................................4-76 4.9.5 Notifications.........................................................................................................................................4-77 xii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Contents

4.10 HW_controlPlaneMgr_I..............................................................................................................................4-77 4.10.1 setSRLG.............................................................................................................................................4-78 4.10.2 Notifications.......................................................................................................................................4-79 4.11 EncapsulationLayerLinkMgr_I...................................................................................................................4-79 4.11.1 createELLink......................................................................................................................................4-79 4.11.2 activateELLink...................................................................................................................................4-80 4.11.3 deactivateELLink...............................................................................................................................4-81 4.11.4 deleteELLink......................................................................................................................................4-82 4.11.5 increaseBandwidthOfELLink.............................................................................................................4-83 4.11.6 decreaseBandwidthOfELLink............................................................................................................4-84 4.11.7 setELLinkLCASState.........................................................................................................................4-86 4.11.8 Notifications.......................................................................................................................................4-86 4.12 FlowDomainMgr_I......................................................................................................................................4-87 4.12.1 createFDFr..........................................................................................................................................4-87 4.12.2 activateFDFr.......................................................................................................................................4-89 4.12.3 deactivateFDFr...................................................................................................................................4-90 4.12.4 deleteFDFr..........................................................................................................................................4-91 4.12.5 performEthernetOAMCommand.......................................................................................................4-92 4.12.6 Notifications.......................................................................................................................................4-92 4.13 MaintenanceMgr_I......................................................................................................................................4-93 4.13.1 performMaintenanceOperation..........................................................................................................4-93 4.13.2 enablePRBSTest.................................................................................................................................4-94 4.13.3 disablePRBSTest................................................................................................................................4-95 4.14 TCProfileMgr_I...........................................................................................................................................4-96 4.14.1 HW_createTCProfile..........................................................................................................................4-96 4.14.2 HW_modifyTCProfile........................................................................................................................4-97 4.14.3 deleteTCProfile..................................................................................................................................4-99 4.14.4 assignTrafficConditioningProfile.....................................................................................................4-100 4.14.5 deassignTrafficConditioningProfile.................................................................................................4-101 4.15 Session_I...................................................................................................................................................4-102 4.15.1 ping...................................................................................................................................................4-102 4.15.2 endSession........................................................................................................................................4-102 4.16 HW_securityMgr_I...................................................................................................................................4-103 4.16.1 modifyPassword...............................................................................................................................4-103 4.17 HW_VPNMgr_I........................................................................................................................................4-103 4.17.1 createMFDFr....................................................................................................................................4-104 4.17.2 deleteMFDFr....................................................................................................................................4-105 4.17.3 activateMFDFr.................................................................................................................................4-106 4.17.4 deactivateMFDFr.............................................................................................................................4-107 4.17.5 modifyMFDFr..................................................................................................................................4-108 4.17.6 createTrafficTrunk............................................................................................................................4-110 4.17.7 deleteTrafficTrunk...........................................................................................................................4-110 Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

Contents

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration) 4.17.8 activateTrafficTrunk.........................................................................................................................4-111 4.17.9 deactivateTrafficTrunk.....................................................................................................................4-112 4.17.10 modifyTrafficTrunk.......................................................................................................................4-113 4.17.11 createIPCrossConnections..............................................................................................................4-114 4.17.12 deleteIPCrossConnections..............................................................................................................4-115 4.17.13 activateIPCrossConnections...........................................................................................................4-116 4.17.14 deactivateIPCrossConnections.......................................................................................................4-117 4.17.15 modifyIPCrossConnection.............................................................................................................4-118

A Object Naming Rules..............................................................................................................A-1 A.1 EMS...............................................................................................................................................................A-3 A.2 Subnetwork....................................................................................................................................................A-3 A.3 TopoSubnetwork...........................................................................................................................................A-4 A.4 ProtectionSubnetwork...................................................................................................................................A-4 A.5 SubnetworkConnection.................................................................................................................................A-4 A.6 ManagedElement...........................................................................................................................................A-5 A.7 TopologicalLink............................................................................................................................................A-5 A.8 EPGP.............................................................................................................................................................A-6 A.9 PTP................................................................................................................................................................A-6 A.10 FTP..............................................................................................................................................................A-8 A.11 CTP..............................................................................................................................................................A-9 A.12 TrafficDescriptor.......................................................................................................................................A-14 A.13 EquipmentHolder......................................................................................................................................A-14 A.14 Equipment..................................................................................................................................................A-15 A.15 ProtectionGroup........................................................................................................................................A-15 A.16 WDM ProtectionGroup.............................................................................................................................A-16 A.17 VirtualBridge.............................................................................................................................................A-16 A.18 VLAN........................................................................................................................................................A-17 A.19 Ethernet Service.........................................................................................................................................A-17 A.20 ATM Service.............................................................................................................................................A-18 A.21 ATM ProtectGroup....................................................................................................................................A-18 A.22 QoS Rule...................................................................................................................................................A-19 A.23 Flow...........................................................................................................................................................A-19 A.24 Flow Domain.............................................................................................................................................A-20 A.25 FlowDomainFragment...............................................................................................................................A-20 A.26 EncapsulationLayerLink............................................................................................................................A-21 A.27 LinkAggregationGroup.............................................................................................................................A-21 A.28 RPRNode...................................................................................................................................................A-21 A.29 Routing Area.............................................................................................................................................A-22 A.30 SNPPLink..................................................................................................................................................A-22 A.31 MatrixFlowDomainFragment....................................................................................................................A-23 A.32 TrafficTrunk..............................................................................................................................................A-23 A.33 IPCrossConnection....................................................................................................................................A-24 xiv

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Contents

A.34 tcProfileName............................................................................................................................................A-24

B AdditionalInfo Description....................................................................................................B-1 B.1 ManagedElement_T.......................................................................................................................................B-2 B.2 TerminationPoint_T.......................................................................................................................................B-3 B.3 Equipment_T..................................................................................................................................................B-4 B.4 SubnetworkConnection_T.............................................................................................................................B-4 B.5 SNCCreateData_T.........................................................................................................................................B-5 B.6 SNCModifyData_T........................................................................................................................................B-6 B.7 CrossConnect_T.............................................................................................................................................B-7 B.8 HW_EthService_T.......................................................................................................................................B-10 B.9 TrafficDescriptor_T.....................................................................................................................................B-11 B.10 EthernetOAMOperation_T........................................................................................................................B-11 B.11 ELLinkCreateData_T.................................................................................................................................B-12 B.12 FDFrCreateData_T....................................................................................................................................B-12

C Lists.............................................................................................................................................C-1 C.1 Notification Event Samples...........................................................................................................................C-2 C.1.1 NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event Sample...........................................................................................C-2 C.1.2 NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event Sample...........................................................................................C-4 C.1.3 NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event Sample.......................................................................C-5 C.1.4 NT_STATE_CHANGE Event Sample.................................................................................................C-6 C.1.5 NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample......................................................................................C-6 C.1.6 NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample.............................................................................C-8 C.1.7 NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample...........................................................................C-9 C.1.8 NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample............................................................................C-10 C.1.9 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample.................................................................................C-11 C.1.10 NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event Sample.......................................................................C-13 C.1.11 NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event Sample.......................................................................................C-13 C.1.12 NT_HEARTBEAT Event Sample....................................................................................................C-14 C.1.13 NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event Sample............................................................................................C-15 C.1.14 NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample..............................................................................C-18 C.2 IDL Description...........................................................................................................................................C-19

D Glossary.....................................................................................................................................D-1 E Acronyms and Abbreviations.................................................................................................E-1

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Tables

Tables Table 1-1 Configuration management..................................................................................................................1-2 Table 2-1 Header format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION event......................................................................2-2 Table 2-2 Format of the fiterrable_data in the structure of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION event......................2-2 Table 2-3 Header format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION event......................................................................2-4 Table 2-4 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION event..................................2-4 Table 2-5 Header format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event..................................................2-5 Table 2-6 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event..............2-6 Table 2-7 Header format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE event...........................................................................2-7 Table 2-8 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_STATE_CHANGE event.......................................2-8 Table 2-9 Header format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event................................................................2-9 Table 2-10 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event........................2-10 Table 2-11 Header format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event...................................................2-13 Table 2-12 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event...............2-13 Table 2-13 Header format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event..................................................2-14 Table 2-14 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event..............2-15 Table 2-15 Header format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event.....................................................2-17 Table 2-16 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event.................2-17 Table 2-17 Header format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event..........................................................2-19 Table 2-18 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event......................2-19 Table 2-19 Header format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH event.........................................................2-21 Table 2-20 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH event.....................2-21 Table 2-21 Header format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event......................................................................2-23 Table 2-22 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event...................................2-23 Table 2-23 Header format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event..................................................2-24 Table 2-24 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event..............2-25 Table 2-25 Header format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS event......................................................2-26 Table 2-26 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS event...................2-27 Table 2-27 Header format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS event..................................................................2-28 Table 2-28 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS event..............................2-29 Table 2-29 Header format of the NT_HEARTBEAT event...............................................................................2-30 Table 2-30 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_HEARTBEAT event...........................................2-30 Table A-1 EMS....................................................................................................................................................A-3 Table A-2 Subnetwork.........................................................................................................................................A-3 Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xvii

Tables

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration) Table A-3 TopoSubnetwork................................................................................................................................A-4 Table A-4 ProtectionSubnetwork........................................................................................................................A-4 Table A-5 SubnetworkConnection......................................................................................................................A-4 Table A-6 ManagedElement................................................................................................................................A-5 Table A-7 TopologicalLink.................................................................................................................................A-5 Table A-8 EPGP..................................................................................................................................................A-6 Table A-9 PTP.....................................................................................................................................................A-6 Table A-10 FTP...................................................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-11 CTP...................................................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-12 TrafficDescriptor............................................................................................................................A-14 Table A-13 EquipmentHolder...........................................................................................................................A-14 Table A-14 Equipment......................................................................................................................................A-15 Table A-15 ProtectionGroup.............................................................................................................................A-15 Table A-16 WDM ProtectionGroup..................................................................................................................A-16 Table A-17 VirtualBridge..................................................................................................................................A-16 Table A-18 VLAN.............................................................................................................................................A-17 Table A-19 Ethernet Service.............................................................................................................................A-17 Table A-20 ATM Service..................................................................................................................................A-18 Table A-21 ATM ProtectGroup.........................................................................................................................A-18 Table A-22 QoS Rule........................................................................................................................................A-19 Table A-23 Flow................................................................................................................................................A-19 Table A-24 Flow Domain..................................................................................................................................A-20 Table A-25 FlowDomainFragment....................................................................................................................A-20 Table A-26 EncapsulationLayerLink................................................................................................................A-21 Table A-27 LinkAggregationGroup..................................................................................................................A-21 Table A-28 RPRNode........................................................................................................................................A-21 Table A-29 Routing Area..................................................................................................................................A-22 Table A-30 SNPPLink.......................................................................................................................................A-22 Table B-1 ManagedElement_T............................................................................................................................B-2 Table B-2 TerminationPoint_T............................................................................................................................B-3 Table B-3 Equipment_T......................................................................................................................................B-4 Table B-4 SubnetworkConnection_T..................................................................................................................B-4 Table B-5 SNCCreateData_T..............................................................................................................................B-5 Table B-6 SNCModifyData_T.............................................................................................................................B-6 Table B-7 CrossConnect_T..................................................................................................................................B-7 Table B-8 HW_EthService_T............................................................................................................................B-10 Table B-9 TrafficDescriptor_T..........................................................................................................................B-11 Table B-10 EthernetOAMOperation_T.............................................................................................................B-11 Table B-11 ELLinkCreateData_T......................................................................................................................B-12 Table B-12 FDFrCreateData_T.........................................................................................................................B-12 Table C-1 NT_OBJECT_CREATION event sample..........................................................................................C-2 Table C-2 NT_OBJECT_DELETION event sample..........................................................................................C-4

xviii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Tables

Table C-3 NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event sample......................................................................C-5 Table C-4 NT_STATE_CHANGE event sample................................................................................................C-6 Table C-5 NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event sample.....................................................................................C-6 Table C-6 NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample............................................................................C-8 Table C-7 NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample..........................................................................C-9 Table C-8 NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample...........................................................................C-10 Table C-9 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample................................................................................C-11 Table C-10 NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event sample......................................................................C-13 Table C-11 NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS event sample......................................................................................C-13 Table C-12 NT_HEARTBEAT event sample...................................................................................................C-14 Table C-13 NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event sample...........................................................................................C-15 Table C-14 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample..............................................................................C-18

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xix

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

1 Overview

1

Overview

About This Chapter 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Configuration Management

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

1 Overview

1.1 Introduction Huawei CORBA interface provides extensive functions of network resource configuration for the operation support system (OSS). With these interfaces, a user can maintain a network, configure equipment resources, deliver end-to-end services, and deliver the services of individual NEs. In this way, the network resources are managed flexibly.

1.2 Configuration Management The U2000 CORBA NBI provides the configuration management functions listed in Table 1-1. NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, the NA equipment does not support the following functions.

Table 1-1 Configuration management Function

1-2

Description

Network maintenance

The user can set loopback (LB) and alarm insertion and perform pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) tests.

Test and diagnosis

The user can perform operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) of Ethernet services.

Equipment configuration

The user can install and delete boards.

Port configuration

The user can set port parameters, binding paths for Ethernet ports, and attributes of the IF ports of the RTN.

Protection configuration

The user can perform multiplex section protection (MSP) switching and wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) protection switching. The user can also create link aggregation protection groups.

Service diagnosis

The user can perform LB test, LT test, and continuity check (CC) of Ethernet services.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

1 Overview

Function

Description

Delivery of end-to-end SDH services

l

Create, delete, activate, deactivate, and modify SDH trails.

l

Perform switching of preconfigured SDH trails.

SDH: synchronous digital hierarchy

Delivery of end-to-end WDM services

The user can create, delete, activate, and deactivate WDM trails. The user can also modify the source and sink of WDM trails.

WDM: Wave-length Division Multiplexing

Delivery of end-to-end SDH ASON services

The user can perform the following operations:

ASON: automatically switched optical network

Delivery of end-to-end Ethernet services

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

The user can perform the following operations:

l

Create, delete, activate, and deactivate SDH ASON trails.

l

Modify routing constraints of SDH ASON trails.

l

Set association of SDH ASON trails.

l

Set shared risk link groups of SDH ASON.

The user can perform the following operations:

l

FDFr: flow domain fragment

l

Create, delete, activate and deactivate a FDFr.

l

ELL: encapsulation layer link

l

Create, delete, activate, and deactivate an ELL.

l

Adjust the bandwidth bound to an ELL.

Delivery of end-to-end RTN services

The user can create and delete SDH or PDH radio links.

Delivery of SDH services of individual NEs

The user can create, delete, activate, and deactivate SDH cross-connections.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

1 Overview

Function

Description

Delivery of MSTP services of individual NEs

Delivery of PTN services of individual NEs

1-4

The user can perform the following operations: l

Create and delete the Ethernet services of individual NEs.

l

Create an Ethernet virtual bridge.

l

Create an L2 forwarding table for Ethernet.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, and delete the ATM services of individual NEs.

l

Create, delete, activate, and deactivate an ATM traffic descriptor.

l

MSTP: multi-service transmission platform

l

ATM: asynchronous transfer mode

The user can perform the following operations: l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete MPLS static tunnel.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete MPLS dynamic tunnel.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete IP tunnel.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete PW switch.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete AES service.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete CES service.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete EPL service.

l

Create, activate, deactivate, delete EPLn service.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

1 Overview

Function

Description

Delivery of OTN services of individual NEs

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

The user can perform the following operations: l

Create, delete, activate, deactivate WDM crossconnections.

l

Create, modify, delete OTN trails.

l

Create, modify, delete, perform OTN protection group.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2

2 Format of Notification Events

Format of Notification Events

About This Chapter In the additionalInfoUsage.pdf and AVC_SC_Notifications.pdf among the supporting documentation of the TMF 814 recommendation, the structure of each notification event of the CORBA interface is described. This chapter presents the detailed definitions of the structure of the notification events. 2.1 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event 2.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event 2.3 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event 2.4 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event 2.5 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.6 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.7 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.8 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.9 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.10 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.11 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event 2.12 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event 2.13 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event 2.14 Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event 2.15 Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.1 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event 2.1.1 Header Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event 2.1.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event (filterable_data) 2.1.3 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event (remainder_of_body)

2.1.1 Header Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event Table 2-1 Header format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_OBJECT_ CREATION.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.1.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event (filterable_data) Table 2-2 Format of the fiterrable_data in the structure of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION event

2-2

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

String

Unique ID of the notification event.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the object created.

objectType

notifications::ObjectType_T

Type of the object created.

objectTypeQualifier

String

Type of the reported event. This field is applicable to only the object types added in TMF V3.0.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

edgePointRelated

boolean

If the event relates to a PTP that is an edge point or to a protection group containing a PTP that is an edge point, the value is true. Otherwise, the value is false.

2.1.3 Format of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_OBJECT_CREATION event is the information model for creating an object. For details, see 3 Information Model.

2.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event 2.2.1 Header Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event 2.2.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event (filterable_data) 2.2.3 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event (remainder_of_body)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.2.1 Header Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event Table 2-3 Header format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_OBJECT_ DELETION.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.2.2 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event (filterable_data) Table 2-4 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION event

2-4

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the deleted object.

objectType

notifications::ObjectType_T

Type of the deleted object. This field is used for only the object types defined in TMF V2.1 and the earlier versions.

objectTypeQualifier

string

Type of the reported event. This field is applicable to only the object types added in TMF V3.0.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

edgePointRelated

boolean

If the event relates to a PTP that is an edge point or to a protection group containing a PTP that is an edge point, the value is true. Otherwise, the value is false.

2.2.3 Format of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_OBJECT_DELETION event is always null. When you delete a cross-connection object, you need to fill in the details of the cross-connection.

2.3 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event 2.3.1 Header Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event 2.3.2 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) 2.3.3 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)

2.3.1 Header Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event Table 2-5 Header format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Event Header Type

Name Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

fixed_header

event_type

domain_name

Type

Description

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Event Header Type

Name

Type

Description

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_ATTRIBU TE_VALUE_ CHANGE.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name type_name

variable_header

2.3.2 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) Table 2-6 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event

2-6

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the object of which attributes change.

objectType

notifications::ObjectType_T

Type of the object of which attributes change. This parameter is used for only the object types defined in TMF V2.1 and the earlier versions.

objectTypeQualifier

string

Type of the reported event. This field is applicable to only the object types added in TMF V3.0.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

edgePointRelated

boolean

If the event relates to a PTP that is an edge point or to a protection group containing a PTP that is an edge point, the value is true. Otherwise, the value is false.

attributeList

notifications::NVList_T

List of changed attributes.

2.3.3 Format of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event is always null.

2.4 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event 2.4.1 Header Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event 2.4.2 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) 2.4.3 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)

2.4.1 Header Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event Table 2-7 Header format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Event Header Type

Name Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

fixed_header

event_type

Type

Description

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_STATE_C HANGE.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Event Header Type

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

2.4.2 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) Table 2-8 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_STATE_CHANGE event

2-8

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the object of which the state changes.

objectType

notifications::ObjectType_T

Type of the object of which the state changes. This parameter is used for only the object types defined in TMF V2.1 and the earlier versions.

objectTypeQualifier

string

Type of the reported event. This field is applicable to only the object types added in TMF V3.0.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

edgePointRelated

boolean

If the event relates to a PTP that is an edge point or to a protection group containing a PTP that is an edge point, the value is true. Otherwise, the value is false.

attributeList

notifications::NVList_T

List of the values of changed states.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.4.3 Format of the NT_STATE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_STATE_CHANGE event is always null. When you delete a cross-connection object, you need to fill in the details of the cross-connection. For details of the cross-connection, see 3.4.1 CrossConnect_T.

2.5 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.5.1 Header Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.5.2 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) 2.5.3 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)

2.5.1 Header Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event Table 2-9 Header format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_PROTEC TION_SWITC H.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.5.2 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) Table 2-10 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event

2-10

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

ProtectionType

protection::ProtectionType_ T

Protection type.

switchReason

protection::switchReason_T

Reason why the switching occurs.

layerRate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

Layer rate that the switching is associated to.

groupName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the protection group where the switching occurs. If the protection type is SNCP, this field is an empty name can be reported.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

protectedTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Protected TP when the switching occurs. For SNCP, the value is always the reliable TP. For a notification of two-fiber BLSR switching, the value is the TP that is inactive during the switching. For a notification of four-fiber MSP ring switching, the value is the working TP that is inactive during the switching. For a notification of 1:N MSP switching, the value is the working TP for which the protection switching occurs. For a notification of revertive 1+1 MSP switching, the value is the working TP. For a notification of nonrevertive 1+1 MSP switching, the value is the TP that was active before the switching (After the switching, the protected TP changes).

switchAwayFromTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Source TP that is switched away from. For two-fiber MSP switching, the value is the TP that is switched. For four-fiber MSP ring switching, the value is one of the TPs in the MSP 1:N protection groups (working or protection). For four-fiber ring switching, the value is the working TP of the span that is switched. For example, if the east span switches to the west span, the value is the east working TP.

switchToTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Destination TP that is switched to. This TP is the source TP that is activated after the switching or the current active TP if no protection switching occurs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

nativeEMSName

string

Name of the protection group where the protection switching occurs.

additionalInfo

notifications::NVList_T

Additional information about the protection switching event, currently including the type of the equipment where the switching occurs (indicated by ProductName) and the information about the protected board (indicated by protectedEquipmentName), source board (indicated by switchAwayFromEquipmentName), and sink board (indicated by switchToEquipmentName).

NOTE

BLSR: bidirectional line switched ring additionalInfo in the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event structure of the U2000 CORBA interface is an extended field. This field stores the type of the equipment where the protection switching occurs.

2.5.3 Format of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event is always null.

2.6 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.6.1 Header Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.6.2 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) 2.6.3 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)

2-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.6.1 Header Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Table 2-11 Header format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_ATMPRO TECTION_S WITCH.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.6.2 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) Table 2-12 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

pgName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the ATM protection group where the switching occurs.

switchMode

SwitchMode_T

Switching mode.

protectType

HW_mstpProtection::HW_ AtmProtectType_T

Protection type.

srcEndSwitchPara

HW_mstpProtection::HW_ AtmPGSingleEndSwitchPar a_T

Parameters of the source-end switching. This field describes the reason, the state and other information about the source-end switching.

snkEndSwitchPara

HW_mstpProtection::HW_ AtmPGSingleEndSwitchPar a_T

Parameters of the sink-end switching. This field describes the reason, the state and other information about the sink-end switching.

2.6.3 Format of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event is always null.

2.7 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.7.1 Header Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.7.2 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) 2.7.3 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)

2.7.1 Header Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Table 2-13 Header format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event

2-14

Event Header Type

Name Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

fixed_header

event_type

domain_name

Type

Description

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Event Header Type

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_WDMPR OTECTION_S WITCH.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name type_name

variable_header

2.7.2 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) Table 2-14 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

protectionGroupType

protection::WDMProtection Group_T

Type of the protection group.

switchReason

protection::switchReason_T

Reason why the switching occurs.

groupName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the protection group where the switching occurs.

protectedTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the protected TP during the switching.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-15

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

switchAwayFromTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the source TP that is switched away from.

switchToTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the destination TP that is switched to.

nativeEMSName

string

Information about the WDM protection group where the switching occurs.

additionalInfo

notifications::NVList_T

Additional information about the protection switching event, currently including the type of the equipment where the switching occurs (indicated by ProductName) and the information about the protected board (indicated by protectedEquipmentName), source board (indicated by switchAwayFromEquipmentName), and sink board (indicated by switchToEquipmentName).

NOTE

additionalInfo in the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event structure of the U2000 CORBA interface is an extended field. This field stores the type of the equipment where the WDM protection switching occurs.

2.7.3 Format of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event is always null.

2.8 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.8.1 Header Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.8.2 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) 2.8.3 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)

2-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.8.1 Header Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Table 2-15 Header format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_RPRPRO TECTION_S WITCH.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.8.2 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) Table 2-16 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-17

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

nodeName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the node.

switchState

HW_SwitchState_T

Switching state.

switchReason

protection::SwitchReason_T

Switching cause.

switchPosition

HW_SwitchPosition_T

Switching position.

switchParameters

globaldefs::NVSList_T

switchParameters supports the following parameters: switchPosition switchState protectType SwitchCountTimes ProtectCountTime LastSwitchCommand The parameters for switchParameters in a HW_RPRSwitchData_T structure contain east and west switching parameters.

2.8.3 Format of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event is always null.

2.9 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.9.1 Header Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.9.2 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) 2.9.3 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)

2-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.9.1 Header Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Table 2-17 Header format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_EPROTE CTION_SWIT CH.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.9.2 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) Table 2-18 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

eProtectionGroupType

protection::EProtectionGrou pType_T

Type of the reported equipment protection group.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-19

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

eSwitchReason

protection::ESwitchReason_ T

Reason why the switching occurs.

groupName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the equipment group where the switching occurs.

protectedE

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Protected equipment during the switching. For an m:n protection group, the protected equipment is the working equipment during the switching.

switchAwayFromE

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Source equipment that is switched away from.

switchToE

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Destination equipment that is switched to.

nativeEMSName

string

Detailed information about the equipment protection group where the switching occurs.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, currently including the type of the equipment where the equipment protection switching occurs (indicated by ProductName) and the information about the protected board (indicated by protectedEquipmentName), source board (indicated by switchAwayFromEquipmentName), and sink board (indicated by switchToEquipmentName).

NOTE

additionalInfo in the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event structure of the U2000 CORBA interface is an extended field. This field stores the information about the type of equipment where the protection switching occurs.

2.9.3 Format of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event is always null. 2-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.10 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.10.1 Header Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event 2.10.2 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) 2.10.3 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body)

2.10.1 Header Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Table 2-19 Header format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_IPPROTE CTION_SWIT CH.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.10.2 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (filterable_data) Table 2-20 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-21

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

protectionType

string

Type of a tunnel APS protection group.

switchReason

SwitchReason_T

Cause of the switching.

groupName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a tunnel APS protection group where the switching occurs.

protectedList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of tunnels under protection where the switching occurs.

switchAwayFromList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of source tunnels where the switching occurs.

switchToList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of destination tunnels where the switching occurs.

nativeEMSName

string

Details about a tunnel APS protection group where the switching occurs.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. Currently, this field is null.

2.10.3 Format of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH event is always null.

2.11 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event 2.11.1 Header Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event 2.11.2 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) 2.11.3 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)

2-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.11.1 Header Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event Table 2-21 Header format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_ROUTE_ CHANGE.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.11.2 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) Table 2-22 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the object that reports the event.

objectType

notifications::ObjectType_T

Type of the object that reports the event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-23

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

routeChangeEvent

subnetworkConnection::Rer outeChangeEvent_T

Status information during the route change. The value is RerouteStarted, RerouteCompleted or RerouteFailed.

subnetworkConnection::Rou te_T

route

Detailed information about the new route.

2.11.3 Format of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event is always null.

2.12 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event 2.12.1 Header Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event 2.12.2 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) 2.12.3 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body)

2.12.1 Header Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event Table 2-23 Header format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event

2-24

Event Header Type

Name Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

fixed_header

event_type

Type

Description

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_ASON_R ESOURCE_C HANGE.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Event Header Type

variable_header

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

2.12.2 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event (filterable_data) Table 2-24 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the object that reports the event.

objectTypeQualifier

string

Object (ASON domain or ASON node) of the reported event. The value is ROUTING_AREA or ROUTING_NODE.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

notifyType

string

Type (creation or deletion) of the reported event. The value is OBJECT_CREATE or OBJECT_DELETE.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

neTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) of the event reported by the NE. If the NE does not report the time, the value is null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-25

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

edgePointRelated

boolean

If the event relates to a PTP that is an edge point or to a protection group containing a PTP that is an edge point, the value is true. Otherwise, the value is false.

2.12.3 Format of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event is always null.

2.13 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event 2.13.1 Header Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event 2.13.2 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event (filterable_data) 2.13.3 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event (remainder_of_body)

2.13.1 Header Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event Table 2-25 Header format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS event Event Header Type

Name Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

fixed_header

event_type

event_name

2-26

Type

Description

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_FILE_TR ANSFER_STA TUS.

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Event Header Type variable_header

2 Format of Notification Events

Name Level-1 Name Timeout

Type

Description

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Level-2 Name

2.13.2 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event (filterable_data) Table 2-26 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS event Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

filename

string

File directory and file name that are entered. For example, /tmp/alarm4.txt.

transferStatu

string

Transfer status. When transfer fails, the value is FT_FAILED. When transfer is completed, the value is FT_COMPLETED. When transfer is in process, the value is FT_IN_PROGRESS.

percentComplete

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Progress of the transfer expressed in percentage. The value ranges from 0 to 100. For example, 100 percent.

2-27

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

failureReason

string

Cause of the file transfer failure. When the transfer succeeds, the value is null. When the transfer fails, details of the failure are described. For example, when the IP address is incorrect, the message "connection to 10.71.227.26 failed" is displayed. When the user name or password is incorrect, the message "530 Login incorrect" is displayed.

2.13.3 Format of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS Event (remainder_of_body) remainder_of_body of the NT_FILE_TRANSFER_STATUS event is always null.

2.14 Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event 2.14.1 Header Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event 2.14.2 Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event (filterable_data)

2.14.1 Header Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event Table 2-27 Header format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS event

2-28

Event Header Type

Name Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

fixed_header

event_type

Type

Description

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_PRBSTES T_STATUS.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Event Header Type

variable_header

2 Format of Notification Events

Name

Type

Description

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

2.14.2 Format of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event (filterable_data) Table 2-28 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS event Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

TPName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the TP for which a 2 Mbit/s PRBS test is performed.

TestStatus

notifications::FileTransferSt atus_T

Status of the 2 Mbit/s PRBS test. The value is FT_COMPLETED or FT_IN_PROGRESS.

percentComplete

short

Progress of the test. The value ranges from 0 to 100.

2.15 Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event 2.15.1 Header Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event 2.15.2 Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event (filterable_data)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-29

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

2 Format of Notification Events

2.15.1 Header Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event Table 2-29 Header format of the NT_HEARTBEAT event Event Header Type fixed_header

variable_header

Name

Type

Description

Level-1 Name

Level-2 Name

event_type

domain_name

string

Domain of a notification event. The value is fixed as tmf_mtnm.

type_name

string

Type of a notification event. The value is fixed as NT_HEARTB EAT.

event_name

string

Name of a notification event. The value is always null.

Timeout

string

Timeout period of a notification event.

2.15.2 Format of the NT_HEARTBEAT Event (filterable_data) Table 2-30 Format of filterable_data in structure of the NT_HEARTBEAT event

2-30

Name

Type

Description

notificationId

string

Unique ID of the notification event.

objectName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the object that reports the event.

objectType

notifications:: ObjectType_T

Type of the object that reports the event.

emsTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Time (UTC) when the EMS reports the event.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3

Information Model

About This Chapter 3.1 emsMgr 3.2 equipment 3.3 managedElement 3.4 subnetworkConnection 3.5 multiLayerSubnetwork 3.6 topologicalLink 3.7 terminationPoint 3.8 protection 3.9 HW_mstpInventory 3.10 HW_mstpProtection 3.11 HW_mstpService 3.12 trafficDescriptor 3.13 encapsulationLayerLink 3.14 flowDomain 3.15 HW_controlPlane 3.16 maintenanceOps 3.17 TopoManagementManager 3.18 HW_vpnManager 3.19 trafficConditioningProfile

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.1 emsMgr 3.1.1 EMS_T

3.1.1 EMS_T

3-2

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of an EMS.

userLabel

string

Null by default. This field can be set through the setUserLabel interface.

nativeEMSName

string

The value of this field is consistent with the name of the EMS in the name field mentioned above. The default value is Huawei/ U2000. This field can be set through the configuration file.

owner

string

Null by default. This field can be set through the setOwner interface.

emsVersion

string

Version (in the form of VxxRxxxCxx) of the EMS, for example, U2000 V100R002C01.

Type

string

For the U2000, the default value is U2K. This field cannot be set.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

addtionalIfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, which currently includes the AlarmSeverity, Location, CommuAddress, EmsTime InterfaceVersion, and EmsState parameters. AlarmSeverity: indicates the highest severity level of active alarms in the network management system. This field has five values: l

PS_CRITICAL: indicates a critical alarm.

l

PS_MAJOR: indicates a major alarm.

l

PS_MINOR: indicates a minor alarm.

l

PS_WARNING: indicates a warning alarm.

l

Null: indicates that no alarm is active.

Location: indicates the physical location of the network management system. The default value is local. The value of this field can be set through the configuration file. CommuAddress: indicates the IP address and port number of the host where the northbound interface communicating with the upper-level network management system resides. The value is in the format of host:port, for example, 10.70.71.82:12003 and localhost:12003. EmsTime: current time (UTC) of the network management system, for example, 20071102110027.0Z, which indicates UTC 2007-11-02 11:00:27.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description InterfaceVersion: indicates the interface version. EmsState: indicates the current status of the U2000.

3.2 equipment 3.2.1 EQTCreateData_T 3.2.2 Equipment_T 3.2.3 EquipmentHolder_T

3.2.1 EQTCreateData_T

3-4

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

User label of the board to be installed. The value is a character string in a free format. This field can be null. The value is in the format that complies with the requirement of the U2000 GUI for naming objects.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Flag that specifies whether the user label must be unique. Currently, this field is not supported and can be set to false only.

owner

string

Owner of the board to be installed. The value is a character string in a free format. This field can be null. The value is in the format that complies with the requirement of the U2000 GUI for naming objects.

expectedEquipmentObjectType

EquipmentObjectType_T

Type of the board to be installed. The value is in the format of board name(board type), for example, LWX (109).

equipmentHolderName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the holder.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional field, which is not used or processed currently.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a board.

userLabel

string

User label of the board.

nativeEMSName

string

Name of the board displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

Owner

string

Onwer of the board. The value is null by default and can be set through the setOwner interface.

alarmReportingIndicator

boolean

Whether the reporting of alarms of boards is enabled. This value is always set to true.

serviceState

ServiceState_T

Working state of the board.

expectedEquipmentObjectType

EquipmentObjectType_T

Type of the board configured on the network management system.

installedEquipmentObjectType

EquipmentObjectType_T

Type of the board installed on the NE.

installedPartNumber

string

Part number of the board, which is a part of the bar code of the board.

installedVersion

string

Version number of the board.

installedSerialNumber

string

Serial number of the board, which is a part of the bar code of the board.

3.2.2 Equipment_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, which currently includes AlarmSeverity and Port_xx_SFP. AlarmSeverity: Highest severity level of the current alarms in the subrack. This field has the same meaning and values as this field in the ManagedElement_T structure mentioned later. Port_xx_SFP: SFP information about port xx on the board. Only the boards that support Small FormFactor Pluggable support this parameter, such as NS2,12NS2 and so on.

3.2.3 EquipmentHolder_T

3-6

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a holder.

userLabel

string

User label of the holder.

nativeEMSName

string

Name of the Holder displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Name of a holder. By default, this value is null. In the case of a WDM subrack, the value can be set through the interface. In the case of other equipment, the value cannot be modified.

alarmReportingIndicator

boolean

Whether reporting alarms of the holder is enabled. The value is always true.

holderType

EquipmentHolderType_T

Type of the holder. The value is rack, shelf, or slot.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

expectedOrInstalledEquipment

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

If the holder is a slot where a board is installed, the value is the name of the board. Otherwise, the value is null.

acceptableEquipmentTypeList

EquipmentObjectTypeList_ T

If the holder is a slot, the value is the list of the boards that can be installed in the slot.Otherwise, the value is null.

holderState

HolderState_T

State of the holder.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

For a WDM subrack, this field includes the ProductName, Version, AlarmSeverity, PhyInfo, ShelfType, PreConfig, and GateWay parameters

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of an NE.

userLabel

string

User label of the NE.

nativeEMSName

string

Name of the NE displayed on the GUI.

owner

string

Owner of the NE. The value is null by default and can be set through the setOwner interface.

location

string

Equipment room where the NE resides.

version

string

Software version of the NE.

productName

string

For the U2000, the value is the name of the NE type.

3.3 managedElement 3.3.1 ManagedElement_T

3.3.1 ManagedElement_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

communicationState

CommunicationState_T

State of communications between the NE and the network management system.

emsInSyncState

boolean

State of data synchronization between the NE and the network management system.

supportedRates

transmissionParameters::La yerRateList_T

List of the connection rates supported by the NE.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, which currently includes the Preconfig, AlarmSeverity, PhyInfo, GateWay, ShelfType, Vendor, MaxTransferRate, Subnetwork, and PSNName parameters.

Name

Type

Description

active

boolean

State (active or inactive) of a cross-connection.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirec tion_T

Direction of the crossconnection.

ccType

SNCType_T

Type of the crossconnection.

aEndNameList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of the TPs at the source end of the cross-connection.

3.4 subnetworkConnection 3.4.1 CrossConnect_T 3.4.2 TPData_T 3.4.3 SubnetworkConnection_T 3.4.4 SNCCreateData_T 3.4.5 SNCModifyData_T

3.4.1 CrossConnect_T

3-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

zEndNameList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of the TPs at the sink end of the cross-connection.

addtionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a TP.

tpMappingMode

terminationPoint::Terminati onMode_T

Mapping mode.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

Transmission parameters. The user can set the layer rate that the TP supports and the overhead bytes of the layer rate.

ingressTrafficDescriptorName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The value is always null.

engressTrafficDescriptorName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The value is always null.

3.4.2 TPData_T

3.4.3 SubnetworkConnection_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of an SNC.

userLabel

string

User label of the SNC.

nativeEMSName

string

Name of the SNC displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Null by default.

sncState

SNCState_T

Activation state of the SNC.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirec tion_T

Direction.

rate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

Layer rate level of the SNC.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

staticProtectionLevel

StaticProtectionLevel_T

Static protection level.

sncType

SNCType_T

Type of the SNC. Currently, the following types are supported: ST_SIMPLE (a source and a sink), ST_ADDDROP_A (two sources and a sink), and ST_ADD_DROP_Z (a source and two sinks).

aEnd

TPDataList_T

List of the TPs at the source end of the SNC. For the element model, see "TPData_T".

zEnd

TPDataList_T

List of the TPs at the sink end of the SNC. For the element model, see "TPData_T".

3-10

reroutedAllowed

Reroute_T

Flag of rerouting. The value is RR_NA, RR_NO, or RR_YES.

neworkRouted

NetworkRouted_T

Flag of network routes. The value is NR_NA, NR_NO, or NR_YES.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, which varies with the trail type. For an SDH trail, the additional information includes the SNCID, Remark1, Remark2, Customer A_Timeslot, and Z_Timeslot parameters. For a WDM trail, the additional information includes the Customer parameter. For an ASON trail, the additional information includes the LSPType, RelatedLsp, and RevertiveMode parameters. For a link server trail, the Server Type field is contained.

3.4.4 SNCCreateData_T Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

User label that is specified during the creation of an SNC.

forceUnique ness

boolean

Whether the user label is unique. The value can be false only and cannot be true.

owner

string

Owner that is specified during the creation of an SNC.

direction

globaldefs:: Connection Direction_T

Direction of a created trail. The value is CD_UNI (indicates a unidirectional trail) or CD_BI (indicates a bidirectional trail). When an ASON trail is created, the value of this field cannot be CD_UNI. When a WDM trail is created, the value of this field cannot be CD_BI.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

staticProtectionLevel

StaticProtect ionLevel_T

When a WDM trail is created, this field is invalid. When SDH trails are created in non-full-route mode, this field indicates the protection level that routes are first calculated for. This field works with the protectionEffort field. When the value of protectionEffort is EFFORT_WHATEVER, routes are calculated for trails in the following order: PREEMPTIBLE: preemptible trail -> unprotected trail -> protected trail -> fully protected trail. UNPROTECTED: unprotected trail -> protected trail -> fully protected trail. PARTIALLY_PROTECTED: partially protected trail -> fully protected trail -> unprotected trail. FULLY_PROTECTED or HIGHLY_PROTECTED: fully or highly protected trail -> protected trail -> unprotected trail. When an SDH trail is created in full-route mode, this field is invalid. When an ASON trail is created, this field means the level of the ASON trail. In this case, this field is consistent with staticProtectionLevel in SubnetworkConnection_T.

protectionEf fort

ProtectionEf fort_T

Flag of protection effort. The value is EFFORT_WHATEVER, EFFORT_SAME_OR_BETTER, EFFORT_SAME_OR_WORSE, or EFFORT_SAME.

rerouteAllo wed

Reroute_T

Flag of rerouting. The value is RR_NA, RR_NO, or RR_YES.

neworkRout ed

NetworkRou ted_T

Flag of network routes. The value is NR_NA, NR_NO, or NR_YES. This field indicates the type (SDH, WDM, or ASON) of a trail being created. The value NR_YES indicates that an ASON trail is created.

sncType

SNCType_T

Type of the SNC created. In non-full-route mode: When an SDH, WDM, or ASON trail is created, the value of this field can be ST_SIMPLE only. In full-mode mode: When an SDH trail is created, the value of this field is ST_SIMPLE, ST_ADD_DROP_A, or ST_ADD_DROP_Z. When a WDM or ASON trail is created, the value of this field can be ST_SIMPLE only.

3-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

layerRate

transmission Parameters:: LayerRate_T

Level of a trail. When an SDH trail is created, the value of this field is E1 (VC12), E3 (VC3), E4 (VC4), VC4 Server, 4C, 8C, 16C, or 64C. When a WDM trail is created, the value of this field is GE Client and ODUk. When an ASON trail is created, the value of this field is be VC4, 4C, 8C, 16C, or 64C. When an RTN trail is created, the value of this field is VC4.

ccInclusions

CrossConne ctList_T

SDH/RTN

ASON

WDM

Non-fullroute mode

This field is invalid.

This field is invalid.

This field is invalid.

Full-route mode

All the route information.

All the route information.

You need to specify only the dynamic crossconnection information.

Input restriction on crossconnections

When creating an SDH trail, you can input ST_SIMPLE, ST_ADD_DROP_A, ST_ADD_DROP_Z as the cross-connection type. When protection is available, the working cross-connection must be followed by the protection cross-connection.For a source TP under 1+1 protection, you need not deliver dual-feed services when a creating trail. When creating a WDM trail, you must use a cross-connection of the ST_SIMPLE type and specify the attribute (working or protection) of the cross-connection according to the additionalInfo field of the crossconnection. For the parameters to be input, see the description of the addtionalInfo field in the CrossConnect_T structure.

neTpInclusi ons

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

ResourceLis t_T

Full-route mode

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

This field is invalid.

3-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description Non-fullroute mode

3-14

SDH/RTN trail

You can specify the following items that the trail must pass through: l

NEs and portsWhen creating a higher-order service, you can specify ports and VC4 timeslots in this field.

l

TimeslotsWhen creating a lower-order service, you can specify VC4 timeslots and lower-order timeslots.

l

SNCsWhen creating a lower-order service, you can specify a VC4 server trail and a link server trail in this field.

l

TLsWhen creating a higher-order service, you can specify the TLs that the trail must pass through.

WDM trail

You can specify the ports and channels that the trail must pass through. You cannot specify any NE, SNC, or TL that the trail must pass through.

ASON trail

You can specify the NEs, ports, and timeslots that the trail must pass through. You cannot specify any SNC or TL that the trail must pass through. Additionally, you can constrain a working route instead of a protection route.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

neTpSncExc lusions

ResourceLis t_T

In full-route mode, this field is invalid. In non-full-route mode, the operation of this field varies with the trail type. When creating an SDH trail, you can specify the following items that the trail must not pass through: l

NEs and portsWhen creating a higher-order service, you can specify ports and VC4 timeslots in this field.

l

TimeslotsWhen creating a lower-order service, you can specify VC4 timeslots and lower-order timeslots.

l

SNCsWhen creating a lower-order service, you can specify a VC4 Server trail in this field.

l

TLsWhen creating a higher-order service, you can specify the TLs that the trail must not pass through.

When you create a WDM trail, this field is not supported. When creating an ASON trail, you can specify the NEs, ports, and timeslots that the trail must not pass through. You cannot specify any SNC or TL that the trail must pass through. Additionally, you can constrain a working route instead of a protection route. fullRoute

boolean

Flag of full route. True: indicates that trails are created in full-route mode. False: indicates that trails are created in non-full-route mode.

aEnd

globaldefs:: NamingAttri butesList_T

When creating trails, specify a list of the TPs at the source end of the trail.

zEnd

globaldefs:: NamingAttri butesList_T

When creating trails, specify a list of the TPs at the sink end of the trail.

additionalCr eationInfo

globaldefs:: NVSList_T

When creating trails, you can specify additional information, including the A1_Timeslot, Z1_Timeslot, BundledSNC, and LSP_Type parameters.

3.4.5 SNCModifyData_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

New user label after the modification.

owner

string

New owner after the modification.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-15

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

forceUniqueness

boolean

Specifies whether the user label must be unique. The value can be only false and cannot be true.

direction

globaldefs

Direction of the connection. This field is not used.

::ConnectionDirection_T modifyType

string

Type of the modification. The value is rerouting, add_protection, or remove_protection.

rerouteAllowed

Reroute_T

Flag of rerouting. When an ASON trail is rerouted, this field indicates rerouting of the ASON trail. In other cases, this field is not used.

networkRerouted

NetworkRouted_T

New flag of network route after the modification.

sncType

SNCType_T

This field is not used.

staticProtectionLevel

StaticProtectionLevel_T

Static protection level

retainOldSNC

boolean

This field is not used.

modifyServers_allowed

boolean

This field is not used.

protectionEffort

ProtectionEffort_T

This field is not used.

layerRate

transmissionParameters

This field is not used.

::LayerRate_T neTpInclusions

ResourceList_T

In full-route mode, this field is not used. This field is valid only when the routing constraints of an ASON trail are modified in non-full-route mode. In this case, the NEs, ports, and timeslots that the trail must pass through can be set.

3-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

neTpSncExclusions

ResourceList_T

In full-route mode, this field is not used. This field is valid only when the routing constraints of an ASON trail are modified. In this case, the NEs, ports, and timeslots that the trail must not pass through can be set.

boolean

fullRoute

Flag of full route. This field specifies routing constraints when an ASON trail is set. An ASON trail can be set in full-route or nonfull-route mode.In other cases, this field is not used.

addedOrNewRoute

RouteList_T

Information about a new route. When the routes of an SDH trail are modified, this field indicates the information about the route added to the SDH trail. The supported cross-connection types are ST_SIMPLE, ST_ADD_DROP_A, and ST_ADD_DROP_Z. When setting routing constraints for an ASON trail in full-route mode, you can use a unidirectional crossconnection of only the ST_SIMPLE type. Additionally, you must specify the attribute (working or protection) of the crossconnection according to the additionalInfo field of the cross-connection. For the parameters to be input, see the description of the addtionalInfo field in the CrossConnect_T structure. In other cases, this field is not used.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-17

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

removedRoute

RouteList_T

Information about a removed route. When the routes of an SDH trail are modified, this field indicates the information about the route removed from the SDH trail. The supported cross-connection types are ST_SIMPLE, ST_ADD_DROP_A, and ST_ADD_DROP_Z. In other cases, this field is not used.

globaldefs

aEnd

::NamingAttributesList_T zEnd

globaldefs ::NamingAttributesList_T

additionalCreationInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

New list of the TPs at the source end of trails after the modification. New list of the TPs at the sink end of trails after the modification. Additional information about the modification.

3.5 multiLayerSubnetwork 3.5.1 MultiLayerSubnetwork_T

3.5.1 MultiLayerSubnetwork_T

3-18

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a subnet.

userLabel

string

The value is SubnetWork_1 by default.This field cannot be set.

nativeEMSName

string

The value is SubnetWork_1 by default.This field cannot be set.

owner

string

Null by default. This field cannot be set.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

subnetworkType

Topology_T

Type of the subnet. The value is always multiLayerSubnetwork::T OPO_MESH.

supportedRates

transmissionParameters::La yerRateList_T

List of the supported levels of rates

addtionalIfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, including the MultiLayerSubnetworkLocation parameter.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

direction

globaldefs

Direction.

3.6 topologicalLink 3.6.1 TopologicalLink_T

3.6.1 TopologicalLink_T

::ConnectionDirection_T rate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

Layer rate.

aEndTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Source.

zEndTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Sink.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is null.

3.7 terminationPoint Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-19

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.7.1 TerminationPoint_T

3.7.1 TerminationPoint_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a TP.

userLabel

string

User label of the TP.

nativeEMSName

string

Name of the TP displayed on the GUI of the network management system. This field cannot be set.

owner

string

Owner of the TP. The value is null by default. For a PTP or FTP, the value of this field can be set through the setOwner interface.

ingressTrafficDescriptorName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Descriptor of the incoming traffic. The value is null.

egressTrafficDescriptorName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Descriptor of the outgoing traffic. The value is null.

Type

TPType_T

Type of the TP. The value can be TPT_PTP (indicates a PTP or FTP) or TPT_CTP (indicates a CTP).

connectionState

TPConnectionState_T

Connection state.For a PTP, the value is always NA. For an FTP or a CTP, the value is any of the following:

tpMappingMode

3-20

TerminationMode_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l

TPCS_SOURCE_CONNECTED: indicates that the TP is connected as a source.

l

TPCS_SINK_CONNECTED: indicates that the TP is connected as a sink.

l

TPCS_BI_CONNECTED: indicates that the TP is connected in two directions.

l

TPCS_NOT_CONNECTED: indicates that the TP is not connected.

Mapping mode of the TP.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

direction

Directionality_T

Direction of the TP. The value is CD_BI (indicates a bidirectional TP) or CD_UNI (indicates a unidirectional TP).

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

Transmission parameters.

tpProtectionAssociation

TPProtectionAssociation_T

This field is not supported and is always set to NA.

edgePoint

boolean

Flag of edge point. For a CTP or an FTP, the value is always false.For a PTP, the value is false if the PTP is occupied by fibers; otherwise, the value is true.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

3.8 protection 3.8.1 ProtectionGroup_T 3.8.2 SwitchData_T 3.8.3 WDMProtectionGroup_T 3.8.4 WDMSwitchData_T 3.8.5 EProtectionGroup_T 3.8.6 ESwitchData_T 3.8.7 IPSwitchData_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-21

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.8.1 ProtectionGroup_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a protection name, in the form of {name EMS value XXXX}{name ManagedElement value YYYY}{name PGP value 1/ ID of the protection group/ location ID of the protection group} Location IDs of protection groups and the corresponding meanings are as follows: 11 indicates 1+1 TM protection group. 12 indicates west 1+1 ADM protection group. 13 indicates east 1+1 ADM protection group. 14 indicates 1:N TM protection group. 15 indicates west 1:N ADM protection group. 16 indicates east 1:N ADM protection group. 17 indicates two-fiber ring protection group. 18 indicates west two-fiber ring protection group. This is available for notification events only. 19 indicates east two-fiber ring protection group. This is available for notification events only. 20 indicates four-fiber ring protection group. 21 indicates west four-fiber 1:N protection group. 22 indicates east four-fiber 1:N protection group.

userLabel

3-22

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

User label. This field can be set through the setUserLabel interface.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

nativeEMSName

string

Local name. This field can be set through the setnativeEMSName interface.

owner

string

Name of the object holder.

protectionGroupType

ProtectionGroupType_T

The types of the supported protection groups are as follows: For a 1+1 protection group, the value is PGT_MSP_1_PLUS_1. For a 1:N protection group, the value is PGT_MSP_1_FOR_N. For a two-fiber bidirectional protection group, the value is PGT_2_FIBER_BLSR. For a four-fiber bidirectional protection group, the value is PGT_4_FIBER_BLSR. For an SNCP protection group, the value is PT_SNCP.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-23

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

protectionSchemeState

ProtectionSchemeState_T

1. 1+1 1) When the PG is in the idle, normal, or unknown state, the value of this field is PSS_UNKNOWN. 2) In the case of the lockout, forced switching, or manual switching, the value of this field is PSS_FORCED_OR_LOC KED_OUT. 3) When the automatic switching of the protection group occurs, the value of this field is PSS_AUTOMATIC. 2. 1:N 1) When the channel is in the normal or unknown state, the value of this field is PSS_UNKNOWN. 2) In the case of the lockout, forced switching, or manual switching, the value of this field is PSS_FORCED_OR_LOC KED_OUT. 3) When the automatic switching of the protection group occurs, the value of this field is PSS_AUTOMATIC. 3. Two-fiber protection group 1) When the channel is in the normal, unknown, or idle (the standby channel is the worker) state, the value of this field is PSS_UNKNOWN. 2) In the case of the lockout, forced switching, or manual switching, the value of this field is PSS_FORCED_OR_LOC KED_OUT. 3) When the automatic switching of the protection

3-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Name

3 Information Model

Type

Description group occurs, the value of this field is PSS_AUTOMATIC. 4. Four-fiber protection group 1) When the channel is in the normal or unknown state, the value of this field is PSS_UNKNOWN. 2) In the case of the lockout, forced switching, or manual switching, the value of this field is PSS_FORCED_OR_LOC KED_OUT. 3) When the automatic switching of the protection group occurs, the value of this field is PSS_AUTOMATIC.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

reversionMode

ReversionMode_T

Reversion mode. The value can be revertive, nonrevertive, or unknown.

rate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

Transmission rate.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-25

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

pgpTPList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

Working TPs are followed by protection TPs. 1. For a 1+1 TM protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTP, west protection PTP. For a west 1+1 ADM protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTP, west protection PTP. 2. For a 1:N TM protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTPs numbered 1 through N, west protection PTP. For a west 1:N ADM protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTPs numbered 1 through N, west protection PTP. 3. For a two-fiber ring protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTP, east protection PTP. 4. For a four-fiber ring protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTP, west protection PTP, east working PTP, east protection PTP. For a west four-fiber ring 1:N protection group, the TPs are listed in the following order: west working PTP, west protection PTP.

3-26

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

pgpParameters

globaldefs::NVSList_T

This field supports nine parameters. SwitchMode: switching mode.For a 1+1 protection group, the value is SingleEnded (indicates switching at a single end) or DualEnded (indicates switching at two ends). For other protection modes, the value is DualEnded. wtrTime: wait-to-restore time. HoldOffTime: Currently, this parameter is not supported and is always set to Unknown. LODNumSwitches: number of switches. Currently, this parameter is not supported and is always set to Unknown. LODDuration: works with LODNumSwitches. Currently, this parameter is not supported and is always set to Unknown. SPRINGProtocol: a ring switching protocol. This parameter is available for two-fiber rings and four-fiber rings only. The value is Standard. SPRINGNodeId: ID of a ring switching node. This parameter is available for two-fiber rings and four-fiber rings only. SwitchPosition: switching position. The value is IDLE, SWITCH, or PASS_THROUGH. This parameter is available only for the two-fiber ring and four-fiber ring protection groups, and the value is Unknown.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-27

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description nonPre-EmptibleTraffic: determines whether nonpreemptible traffic can be configured on protection.This parameter is available for only two-fiber ring and 1:N protection groups. The value is NOT_ALLOWED.

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Null.

Name

Type

Description

protectionType

ProtectionType_T

For a 1+1, 1:N, two-fiber, or four-fiber protection group, the value is PT_MSP_APS. For an SNCP protection group, the value is PT_SNCP.

switchReason

SwitchReason_T

Switching cause.

additionalInfo

3.8.2 SwitchData_T

1. In case of the idle state, the value is SR_RESTORED. 2. In the case of the lockout, forced switching, or manual switching state, the value is SR_MANUAL. 3. In the case of the wait-torestore or automatic switching state, the value is SR_AUTOMATIC_SWIT CH. 4. In the case of the SD switching state, the value is SR_SIGNAL_DEGRADE. 5. In the case of the SF switching state, the value is SR_SIGNAL_FAIL. 6. In other cases, the value is SR_NA. LayerRate

3-28

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Layer rate of the protection group.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

groupName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the protection group.

protectedTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Protected TP during the switching.

switchToTP

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Destination TP that is switched to.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Null.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a protection group.

userLabel

string

Null by default. This field can be set through the setUserLabel interface.

nativeEMSName

string

A non-OLP protection group is named in the format of NE name + ID of the protection group. An OLP protection group is named in the format of NE name + OLP + slot ID.

3.8.3 WDMProtectionGroup_T

This field cannot be set.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

owner

string

Null by default. This field can be set through the setOwner interface.

protectionGroupType

WDMProtectionGroupType _T

For a 1:N protection group, the value is 1VN. For other protection groups, the value is 1P1.

protectionSchemeState

ProtectionSchemeState_T

The value is PSS_UNKNOWN, PSS_FORCED_OR_LOC KED_OUT, or PSS_AUTOMATIC.

reversionMode

ReversionMode_T

Reversion mode. The value is revertive, non-revertive, or unknown.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-29

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

pgpTPList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of TPs (PTPs or FTPs) in the protection group. The TPs are listed in the following order: 1. Working FPs are followed by protection TPs, for example, working TP 1, protection TP1, working TP2, protection TP2. 2. For a non-revertive 1+1 protection group, the roles of the protection TP and the working TP change during the switching.

globaldefs::NVSList_T

pgpParameters

In revertive mode, the value is null. In non-revertive mode, this field supports the wtrTime parameter, which is the waitto-restore time of the protection group.

globaldefs::NVSList_T

additionalInfo

Additional information. Currently, the value is null.

3.8.4 WDMSwitchData_T

3-30

Name

Type

Description

protectionType

WDMProtectio nGroupType_T

Type of a protection group. For a 1:N protection group, the value is 1VN. For other protection groups, the value is 1P1.

switchReason

SwitchReason_ T

Reason of switching. The value can be SR_RESTORED, SR_MANUAL, SR_AUTOMATIC_SWITCH, SR_SIGNAL_MISMATCH, SR_SIGNAL_DEGRADE, SR_SIGNAL_FAIL, or SR_NA.

wPGPName

globaldefs::Na mingAttributes _T

Name of the protection group.

protectedTP

globaldefs::Na mingAttributes _T

Active TP is the working path

Revertive Mode

Non-Revertive Mode

Active TP

Active TP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Name

switchToTP

additionalInfo

3 Information Model

Type

Description

globaldefs::Na mingAttributes _T

globaldefs::NV SList_T

Standby TP is the working path

Active TP

Standby TP

Special notes on a 1:N protection group

1) Lockout: The protected TP is always the first working path. 2) Clearance of switching: In the normal state, the protected TP is always the first working path. In other switching states, the protected TP is the working path where the switching occurs. Revertive Mode

Non-Revertive Mode

Active TP is the working path

Active TP

Active TP

Standby TP is the working path

Standby TP

Standby TP

Special notes on a 1:N protection group

1) Lockout: The protected TP is always the first working path. 2) Clearance of switching: In the normal state, the switched-to TP is always the first working path. In other switching states, the switched-to TP is the protection path.

Additional information. Currently, this field is null.

3.8.5 EProtectionGroup_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of an equipment protection group.

userLabel

string

This field is null by default and cannot be set through the setUserLabel interface.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-31

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3-32

Name

Type

Description

nativeEMSName

string

In the format of NE nametype of the protection groupID of the protection group, for example, NE90-1_PLUS_1-1.

owner

string

This field is null by default and cannot be set through the setOwner interface.

eProtectionGroupType

EProtectionGroupType_T

Type of the equipment protection group. The value is 1_PLUS_1, INBD_1_PLUS_1, 1_FOR_N, or BPS.

protectionSchemeState

ProtectionSchemeState_T

The value is always PSS_UNKNOWN.

reversionMode

ReversionMode_T

Reversion mode. The values are as follows: l

RM_REVERTIVE: indicates revertive mode.

l

RM_NON_REVERTIVE : indicates non-revertive mode.

l

RM_UNKNOWN: indicates that the reversion mode is unknown.

protectedList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

Names of the protected equipment, that is, working equipment.

protectingList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

Names of the protection equipment.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

ePgParameters

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Parameters of the protection group, including the following: type: indicates the function type of the equipment protection group. The values of this parameter are as follows:

additionalInfo

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l

PGT_TPS: indicates 1:N protection or BPS protection.

l

PGT_XC: indicates protection of crossconnections.

l

PGT_STG: indicates clock protection.

l

PGT_SCC: indicates protection of the SCC board.

l

PGT_LESS_XC: indicates protection of secondary crossconnections as contrasted with protection of primary cross-connections, for example, protection of lower-order crossconnections of OptiX 10G V2.

l

PG_XC_STG: protection of the SCC board and clock. In certain equipment, the clock and cross-connection functions cannot be switched separately.

l

PG_ATM: indicates 1+1 protection of ATM boards.

l

wtrTime: indicates waitto-restore time. This parameter is valid for a revertive protection group only.

Additional information. Currently, this field is null.

3-33

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.8.6 ESwitchData_T Name

Type

Description

eProtectionGroupType

EProtectionGroupType_T

See the description of this field in the EProtectionGroup_T structure.

eSwitchReason

ESwitchReason_T

Reason of switching. The value is SR_MANUAL, SR_E_FAILURE, or SR_NA. SR_MANUAL: indicates the manual or forced switching state. SR_E_FAILURE: indicates the automatic switching state. SR_NA: indicates other states.

ePGPName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the equipment protection group.

protectedE

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

List of protected boards. For a non-revertive protection group, the protected board is the current working board.

switchToE

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Working board after the switching. For a nonrevertive protection group, the value of this field is consistent with the value of protectedE.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. Currently, this field is null.

Name

Type

Description

protectionType

string

Type of a tunnel protection group.

3.8.7 IPSwitchData_T

3-34

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

switchReason

SwitchReason_T

Cause of the switching. The values include SR_RESTORED, SR_SIGNAL_FAIL, SR_SIGNAL_MISMATCH, SR_SIGNAL_DEGRADE, SR_AUTOMATIC_SWIT CH, SR_MANUAL, and SR_NA.

layerRate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

This parameter value is consistent with the layer rate of the tunnel in a protection group. The values include LR_MPLS_PATH, LR_IP_PATH, and LR_GRE_PATH.

groupName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a protection group.

protectedList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of tunnels under protection.

switchToList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

List of current tunnels after the switching.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. Currently, this field is null.

3.9 HW_mstpInventory 3.9.1 HW_MSTPEndPoint_T 3.9.2 HW_VirtualBridge_T 3.9.3 HW_VirtualLAN_T 3.9.4 HW_ForwardEndPoint_T 3.9.5 HW_MSTPBindingPath_T 3.9.6 HW_QosRule_T 3.9.7 HW_Flow_T 3.9.8 HW_LinkAggregationGroup_T 3.9.9 HW_LAGBranchPort _T 3.9.10 HW_SpanningTree_T 3.9.11 HW_STCurrentPort_T Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-35

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.9.12 ShapingQueue

3.9.1 HW_MSTPEndPoint_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

direction

terminationPoint::Directiona lity_T

Direction of the MSTP endpoint. The endpoint is always bidirectional.

type

HW_MSTPEndPointType_ T

The supported types are as follows: l

HW_MEPT_NA

l

HW_MEPT_ATM

l

HW_MEPT_ATMTRUN K

l

HW_MEPT_ETH

l

HW_MEPT_ETHTRUN K

l

HW_MEPT_LP

l

HW_MEPT_RPR

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

Transmission parameters that can be queried

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T additionalInfo

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

3.9.2 HW_VirtualBridge_T

3-36

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

logicalTPList

HW_MSTPLogicalEndPoint List_T

Logical ports of the virtual bridge. For the element model, see "HW_MSTPEndPoint_T".

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, containing LearnMode, FilterEnable, and MacLearnEnable.

Name

Type

Description

Name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

paraList

globaldefs::NVSList_T

No attribute of the VLAN can be queried or set.

forwardTPList

HW_ForwardEndPointList_ T

List of forwarding ports of the VLAN.

3.9.3 HW_VirtualLAN_T

For the element model, see "HW_ForwardEndPoint_T". additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Name

Type

Description

logicTPName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name

3.9.4 HW_ForwardEndPoint_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-37

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

paraList

globaldefs::NVSList_T

No attribute of the VLAN forwarding port can be queried or set.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.9.5 HW_MSTPBindingPath_T Name

Type

Description

direction

terminationPoint::Directiona lity_T

Direction of a binding path. The value is terminationPoint::D_SOU RCE, terminationPoint::D_SIN K, or terminationPoint::D_BIDIRECTIONAL.

allPathList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

All the binding paths that can be used.

usedPathList

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The binding paths that are used.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.9.6 HW_QosRule_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

type

HW_QosType_T

QoS type. The values are as follows: HW_QT_CAR HW_QT_COS

3-38

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

paraList

globaldefs::NVSList _T

In the case of CAR, supported parameters are as follows:

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList _T

l

EnableCar

l

CIR

l

DCBS

l

PIR

l

DMBS

l

In the case of COS, supported parameters are as follows:

l

The supported parameter set varies with the value of CoSType.

Value of CosType

Name of Parameter Supported

SIMPLE

SimplePri

IPTOS4

IPTOSD, IPTOST, IPTOSR, IPTOSC

IPTOS16

IPTOSn (n ranges from 0000 to 1111 in the binary mode.)

DSCP

DSCPn (n ranges from 000000 to 111111 in the binary mode.)

TAGPRI

TAGPRIn (n ranges from 0 to 7.)

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.9.7 HW_Flow_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-39

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

owner

string

Owner.

qosRuleNames

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

Names of QoS rules.

paraList

globaldefs::NVSList_T

l

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

The supported parameters

3.9.8 HW_LinkAggregationGroup_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

Owner

string

Owner.

paraList

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Supported paramters are as follows: Type indicates type of the link aggregation group. SharingType indicates the sharing state.

mainPortName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the main port.

branchPortList

HW_LAGBranchPortList_T

Detailed information about the branch ports. For the element model, see "HW_LAGBranchPort _T".

additionalInfo

3-40

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.9.9 HW_LAGBranchPort _T Name

Type

Description

branchPortName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a branch port.

branchPortParaList

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Supported parameters are as follows: States indicates the state of the tributary port. Priority indicates the priority of the tributary port.

3.9.10 HW_SpanningTree_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

STInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Information of the spanning tree.

STCurrentBridge

globaldefs:: NVSList _T

Information of the spanning tree bridge.

STCurrentPort

HW_STCurrentPortList_T

Information of the port of the spanning tree bridge. For the element model, see "HW_STCurrentPort_T".

3.9.11 HW_STCurrentPort_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

portName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Port name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-41

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Name

Type

Description

queueID

unsigned long

Queue ID.

bEnable

boolean

Whether ShapingQueue is enabled.

CIR

long

Committed information rate.

CBS

long

Committed burst size.

EIR

long

Excess information rate.

EBS

long

Excess burst size.

3.9.12 ShapingQueue

3.10 HW_mstpProtection 3.10.1 HW_RPRNode_T 3.10.2 HW_RPRTopoInfo_T 3.10.3 HW_RPRSwitchData_T 3.10.4 HW_AtmProtectGroup_T 3.10.5 HW_AtmServiceProtectPair_T 3.10.6 HW_AtmPGSwitchData_T 3.10.7 HW_AtmPGSingleEndSwitchPara_T

3.10.1 HW_RPRNode_T

3-42

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

nodeNo

unsigned short

Number of a node on an RPR ring.

protocolEnabled

boolean

Whether the RPR protocol is enabled on the node.

nodeParameters

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Supported parameters are as follows: holdOffTime wtrTime protectMode restoreMode slowTime topoTimer

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Name

Type

Description

nodeName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a node. See the HW_RPRNode_T structure.

additionalInfo

3.10.2 HW_RPRTopoInfo_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-43

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

topoParameters

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Topology parameters contains the following:

additionalInfo

l

direction

l

0RingJumpNo

l

1RingJumpNo

l

ProtectMode

l

eastNeighbordNodeNo

l

westNeighbordNodeNo

l

eastProtectState

l

eastSwitchState

l

westProtectState

l

westSwitchState

l

eastSendLinkWeight

l

westSendLinkWeight

l

eastA0ReservedBandWidth

l

westA0ReservedBandWidth

l

0RingReachable

l

1RingReachable

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Name

Type

Description

nodeName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of a node.

switchReason

protection::SwitchReason_T

Reason of switching.

switchState

HW_SwitchState_T

Switching state enumerated.

switchPosition

HW_SwitchPosition_T

Switching position.

3.10.3 HW_RPRSwitchData_T

3-44

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

switchParameters

globaldefs::NVSList_T

The supported switching parameters are as follows: l

switchPosition

l

switchState

l

protectType

l

SwitchCountTimes

l

ProtectCountTime

l

LastSwitchCommand

This field in the HW_RPRSwitchData_T structure contains east and west switching parameters. globaldefs::NVSList_T

additionalInfo

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.10.4 HW_AtmProtectGroup_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

protectType

HW_AtmProtectType_T

Protection type.

switchDirect

HW_AtmPGSwitchDirect_ T

Direction of switching.

useState

HW_AtmPGUseState_T

State of use.

srcEndPara

HW_AtmPGSingEndPara_T

Detailed information about the source end.

snkEndPara

HW_AtmPGSingEndPara_T

Detailed information about the sink end.

ppList

HW_AtmServiceProtectPair List_T

List of the protection pair.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

For the element model, see "HW_AtmServiceProtectPai r_T".

3-45

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.10.5 HW_AtmServiceProtectPair_T Name

Type

Description

workServiceName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of working service.

protectServiceName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of protection service.

monitorFlag

HW_AtmMonitorFlag_T

Monitoring status flag. The value is HW_AMF_NA, HW_AMF_CONNECTION, HW_AMF_PROTECT_P AIR.

globaldefs::NVSList_T

additionalInfo

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.10.6 HW_AtmPGSwitchData_T

3-46

Name

Type

Description

pgName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

protectType

HW_AtmProtectType_T

Protection type enumerated by the TMF. For details, see the IDL.

srcEndSwitchPara

HW_AtmPGSingleEndSwit chPara_T

Detailed information about the source end.

snkEndSwitchPara

HW_AtmPGSingleEndSwit chPara_T

Detailed information about the sink end.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.10.7 HW_AtmPGSingleEndSwitchPara_T Name

Type

Description

switchReason

protection::SwitchReason_T

Reason of switching enumerated by the TMF. For details, see the IDL.

switchState

HW_SwitchState_T

Switching state enumerated by the TMF. For details, see the IDL.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.11 HW_mstpService 3.11.1 HW_EthServiceTP_T 3.11.2 HW_EthService_T 3.11.3 HW_EthServiceCreateData_T 3.11.4 HW_AtmService_T 3.11.5 HW_AtmServiceCreateData_T 3.11.6 HW_AtmServiceTP_T

3.11.1 HW_EthServiceTP_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

vlanID

unsigned short

VLAN ID.

tunnel

unsigned long

Tunnel label.

vc

unsigned long

VC label.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

3.11.2 HW_EthService_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-47

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

serviceType

HW_EthServiceType_T

Type of a service: l

HW_EST_NA

l

HW_EST_EPL

l

HW_EST_EVPL

l

HW_EST_EPLAN

HW_EST_EVPLAN direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirec tion_T

Direction of the service: l

CD_UNI: unidirectional

CD_BI: bidirectional activeState

boolean

State of the service.

aEndPoint

HW_EthServiceTP_T

Information about the source end of the service.

zEndPoint

HW_EthServiceTP_T

Information about the sink end of the service.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.11.3 HW_EthServiceCreateData_T

3-48

Name

Type

Description

serviceType

HW_EthServiceType_T

Type of a service, which is specified when the service is created.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirec tion_T

Direction of the service.

aEndPoint

HW_EthServiceTP_T

TP at the source end of the service.

zEndPoint

HW_EthServiceTP_T

TP at the sink end of the service.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.11.4 HW_AtmService_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name displayed on the GUI of the network management system.

owner

string

Owner.

protectType

HW_mstpProtection::HW_ AtmProtectType_T

Protection type: l

HW_APT_NA

l

HW_APT_NONE

l

HW_APT_1PLUS1

HW_APT_1V1 serviceType

HW_AtmServiceType_T

Type of the service: l

HW_AST_NA

l

HW_AST_PVP

HW_AST_PVC spreadType

HW_AtmServiceSpreadTyp e_T

Spread type: l

HW_ASST_NA

l

HW_ASST_P2P

l

HW_ASST_P2MPROOT

HW_ASST_P2MPLEAF protectRole

HW_AtmProtectRole_T

Protection role: l

HW_APR_NA

l

HW_APR_WORKING

HW_APR_PROTECTING

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

activeState

boolean

Flag that specifies whether the service is active.

aEndPoint

HW_AtmServiceTP_T

TP at the source end of the service.

zEndPoint

HW_AtmServiceTP_T

TP at the sink end of the service.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-49

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.11.5 HW_AtmServiceCreateData_T Name

Type

Description

protectType

HW_mstpProtection::HW_ AtmProtectType_T

Protection type.

serviceType

HW_AtmServiceType_T

Type of the service.

spreadType

HW_AtmServiceSpreadTyp e_T

Spread type.

protectRole

HW_AtmProtectRole_T

Protection role.

aEndPoint

HW_AtmServiceTP_T

TP at the source end of the service.

zEndPoint

HW_AtmServiceTP_T

TP at the sink end of the service.

active

boolean

Flag that specifies whether the service is active.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the TP at the source or sink end of the ATM service

trafficDescriptorName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name of the traffic descriptor.

bPC

boolean

Whether to enable the traffic control.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

3.11.6 HW_AtmServiceTP_T

3.12 trafficDescriptor 3.12.1 TrafficDescriptor_T 3.12.2 TDCreateData_T

3-50

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.12.1 TrafficDescriptor_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

serviceCategory

ServiceCategory_T

Category of the traffic descriptor.

trafficParameters

TrafficParameterList_T

Parameters of the traffic descriptor, including the following: PCR- PCR- SCR- SCR- CDVT MBS TAG TRANSPARENT FDISCARD QOSLEVEL

conformanceDefinition

string

The value is always UNI 4.1.

activeState

boolean

Flag of activation.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

User label.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Whether the user label is required to be unique. The value True is not supported.

Owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

3.12.2 TDCreateData_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-51

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

serviceCategory

ServiceCategory_T

Type of the traffic descriptor.

trafficParameters

TrafficParameterList_T

Parameters of the traffic descriptor, including the following: l

PCR-

l

PCR-

l

SCR-

l

SCR-

l

CDVT

l

MBS

l

TAG

l

TRANSPARENT

l

FDISCARD

l

QOSLEVEL

conformanceDefinition

string

The value is always UNI 4.1.

activeState

boolean

Flag of activation.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information. This field is not processed.

3.13 encapsulationLayerLink 3.13.1 EncapsulationLayerLink_T 3.13.2 ELLinkCreateData_T

3.13.1 EncapsulationLayerLink_T

3-52

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the encapsulation layer link

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

type

LinkType_T

The value is always LT_POINT_TO_POINT.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameters_T

Transmission parameters.

rate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

The value is always 96.

networkAccessDomain

string

The value is always null.

endTPs

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The list of TPs for the source and sink of the encapsulation layer link.

route

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The name list of SNCs at the bottom server layer.

segment

boolean

Whether the state of the ELL is terminal.

routeGroups

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The value is always null

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

The value is always null

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

User label.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Whether the user label is unique. The value can be false only and cannot be true.

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

networkAccessDomain

string

The value is always null.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameters_T

Transmission parameters.

rate

transmissionParameters::La yerRate_T

The value is always 96.

type

LinkType_T

The value is always LT_POINT_TO_POINT.

endTPs

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The list of TPs terminating the encapsulation layer link.

segment

boolean

Whether the state of the ELL is terminal.

3.13.2 ELLinkCreateData_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-53

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

provisioningMode

BandwidthProvisioningMod e_T

The policy for creating server SNCs during the creation of an encapsulation layer link. The value is BP_NONE,BP_AUTOMA TIC,BP_MANUAL, or BP_BY_CALL.

sncList

subnetworkConnection::SN CCreateDataList_T

The name list of SNCs at the server layer.

callName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Name.

additionalCreationInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, including ActivateStatus, Direction, ReuseSnc, and SncUniqueID.

3.14 flowDomain 3.14.1 FlowDomain_T 3.14.2 FlowDomainFragment_T 3.14.3 FDFrCreateData_T 3.14.4 EthernetOAMPoint_T 3.14.5 EthernetOAMOperation_T 3.14.6 EthernetOAMParamer_T 3.14.7 EthernetLTTestResult_T

3.14.1 FlowDomain_T

3-54

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the flow domain.

userLabel

string

The default value is Flowdomain_1.

nativeEMSName

string

The default value is Flowdomain_1.

owner

string

The value is always null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

The value is always null.

networkAccessDomain

string

The value is always null.

mfds

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The value is always null.

fdEdgeCPTPs

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The value is always null.

fdInternalCPTPs

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The value is always null.

fDConnectivityState

ConnectivityState_T

The value is always flowDomain::CS_UNKNOWN

fdType

FDType_T

The value is always FDT_NETWORK.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

3.14.2 FlowDomainFragment_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the flow domain fragment

userLabel

string

This field cannot be set.

nativeEMSName

string

This field cannot be set.

owner

string

This field cannot be set.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirec tion_T

The directionality of the FDFr. The value is CD_UNI or CD_BI.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

mfds

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Transmission parameters, containing FlowdomainFragmentType and Terminal The value is always null.

endTPs

globaldefs::NamingAttribute sList_T

The list of TPs terminating the encapsulation layer link.

networkAccessDomain

string

The value is always null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-55

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

flexible

boolean

The value is always false

administrativeState

performance::Administrativ eState_T

The value is always performance::AS_Unlocked.

fdfrState

subnetworkConnection::SN CState_T

The state of the FDFr, containing SNCS_NONEXISTENT, SNCS_PENDING, SNCS_ACTIVE, and SNCS_PARTIAL.

fdfrType

FDFrType_T

The types of the FDFr supported are as follows: FDFRT_POINT_TO_POI NT, FDFRT_POINT_TO_MU LTIPOINT, and FDFRT_MULTIPOINT.

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the flow domain fragment.

userLabel

string

User label.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Whether the user label is unique. The value can be false only and cannot be true.

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

networkAccessDomain

string

The value is always null.

administrativeState

performance::Administrativ eState_T

The value is always performance::AS_Unlocked

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameters_T

Transmission parameters.

additionalInfo

3.14.3 FDFrCreateData_T

3-56

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

additionalCreationInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information, containing ActivateStatus, Direction, and EPLan.

Name

Type

Description

name

string

The name of the ethernet OAM point.

type

EthernetOAMPointType_T

The types of the ethernet OAM point supported are as follows:

3.14.4 EthernetOAMPoint_T

l

EOT_MEP

l

EOP_MIP

direction

EthernetOAMPointDirectio n_T

The direction of the ethernet OAM point, containing EOPD_BI, EOPD_INGRESS, and EOPD_EGRESS.

level

unsigned long

The level of ethernet OAM point.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

3.14.5 EthernetOAMOperation_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

command

EthernetOAMCommandTyp e_T

The types of the ethernet OAM command supported are as follows: l

EOCT_CC

l

EOCT_LB

l

EOCT_LT

srcPoint

EthernetOAMParamer_T

The source OAM point.

snkPoint

EthernetOAMParamer_T

The source OAM point.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-57

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information When the type of the ethernet OAM command is EOCT_CC, the additionalInfo contains srcCCActive and snkCCActive In other cases, this field is not used.

3.14.6 EthernetOAMParamer_T Name

Type

Description

oamPointName

string

The name of the OAM point.

period

unsigned long

The period of ethernet OAM command.

3.14.7 EthernetLTTestResult_T Name

Type

Description

oamPointName

string

The name of the OAM point.

hopNumber

unsigned long

The hop-number of the LinkTrace.

result

boolean

The result of the Link-Trace.

Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the SNPPLink.

3.15 HW_controlPlane 3.15.1 HW_SnppLink_T 3.15.2 HW_Capacity_T

3.15.1 HW_SnppLink_T

3-58

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Local Name

owner

string

Name of the owner of the object.

aEndSnppName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the source TP of the SNPPLink.

zEndSnppName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the sink TP of the SNPPLink.

direction

Globaldefs

The direction of the SNPPLink.

::ConnectionDirection_T rateList

::LayerRateList_T

The list of the crossconnection rate supported by the SNPPLink.

cost

unsigned short

The weight of the SNPPLink.

protectType

HW_LinkProtectType_T

The protection types of the SNPPLink supported are as follows:

linkCapacity

transmissionParameters

HW_LinkCapacity_T

l

PROTECTED

l

PREEMPTIBLE

l

UNPROTECTED

l

PROTECTED/ PREEMPTIBLE

l

PROTECTED/ PREEMPTIBLE/ UNPROTECTED

The bandwidth capacity of the SNPPLink. For the element model, see "HW_Capacity_T:.

linkState

HW_LinkState

The connection status of the SNPPLink,containing DISCONNECTED and CONNECTED.

srlgIDList

HW_SRLGIDList_T

The list of the shared risk link group ID. For the element model, see "HW_SRLGID_T(unsigned long)".

additionalInfo

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Additional information

3-59

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.15.2 HW_Capacity_T Name

Type

Description

unit

transmissionParameters ::LayerRate_T

The list of the crossconnection rate supported.

Bandwidth

unsigned long

The bandwidth.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

3.16 maintenanceOps 3.16.1 CurrentMaintenanceOperation_T 3.16.2 PRBSTestResult_T 3.16.3 PRBSTestParameter_T 3.16.4 SampleResult_T 3.16.5 TestDuration_T

3.16.1 CurrentMaintenanceOperation_T Name

Type

Description

tpName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the TP.

maintenanceOperation

MaintenanceOperation_T

Current maintenance operation that has been invoked, containing the following: FACILITY_LOOPBACK TERMINAL_LOOPBACK FACILITY_FORCED_AI S TERMINAL_FORCED_A IS

layerRate

additionalInfo

3-60

transmissionParameters ::LayerRate_T

The layer rate to which the maintenance operation applies.

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.16.2 PRBSTestResult_T Name

Type

Description

testPara

PRBSTestParameter_T

The test arameters.

startTime

globaldefs::Time_T

The start time of the test.

sampleResultList

SampleResultList_T

The result of the test. For the element model, see "SampleResult_T".

totalBitError

unsigned long

The total number of the bit errors.

realDuration

TestDuration_T

The duration of the actual test. For the element model, see "TestDuration_T".

3.16.3 PRBSTestParameter_T Name

Type

Description

tpName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the TP.

testDuration

TestDuration_T

The duration of the test.

sampleGranularity

SampleGranularity_T

Sampling period.

testType

PRBSTestType_T

The test types supported are as follows: FACILITY_PRBS_TEST TERMINAL_PRBS_TES T

accumulatingIndicator

boolean

Accumulate bit error values or not.

Name

Type

Description

sampleTime

globaldefs::Time_T

Sampling time.

value

unsigned long

The number of the bit errors.

3.16.4 SampleResult_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-61

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.16.5 TestDuration_T Name

Type

Description

value

unsigned long

The value of the test duration.

unit

string

The unit of the test duration.

3.17 TopoManagementManager 3.17.1 Node_T 3.17.2 Position_T

3.17.1 Node_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the topology node.

nativeEMSName

string

Local name.

nodeType

NodeType_T

The types of the node supported are as follows: NODETYPE_ME NODETYPE_TOPO_SN

position

Position_T

The coordinate information.

parent

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

The name of the parent topology node.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Additional information.

Name

Type

Description

xPos

long

X-axis

yPos

long

Y-axis

3.17.2 Position_T

3.18 HW_vpnManager HW_vpnManager manages tunnels and services. The model for MPLS static tunnels and PW switch are IPCrossConnection. The model for dynamic MPLS tunnels and IP tunnels is 3-62

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

TrafficTrunk. The model for PWE3 (that is, the ATM service, CES service, and E-Line service) and VPLS is MFDFr. NOTE

PTN equipments are supported.

3.18.1 MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T 3.18.2 MultipointServiceAttr_T 3.18.3 StaticMacAddress_T 3.18.4 SplitHorizonGroup_T 3.18.5 IPCrossConnection_T 3.18.6 TrafficTrunk_T 3.18.7 RouteConstraint_T 3.18.8 MFDFrModifyData_T 3.18.9 TrafficTrunkCreateData_T 3.18.10 TrafficTrunkModifyData_T

3.18.1 MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T

Indicates the name.

userLabel

string

Indicates the alias of the object. By default, the value is null.

nativeEMSName

string

Indicates the local name.

owner

string

Indicates the owner of the object.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirection _T

Indicates the direction. The value can be CD_UNI (unidirectional), or CD_BI) (bidirectional).

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::Layere dParameters_T

Indicates the transmission parameters. For details, refer to the descriptions of the HW_vpnManager transmission parameter.

multipointServiceAttr

MultipointServiceAttr_T

Indicatea the multipoint service attributes. In the case of a PWE3 service, this parameter is null. For details, refer to the descriptions of MultipointServiceAttr_T.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-63

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

aEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the list of MFDFr source objects.

zEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the list of MFDFr sink objects.

fdfrState

subnetworkConnection::SNCSta te_T

Indicates the activation status. The value can be SNCS_ACTIVE (active), SNCS_PENDING (inactive), SNCS_PARTIAL (partially active), or SNCS_NONEXISTENT (deleted).

administrativeState

performance::AdministrativeStat e_T

Indicates the administrative status. The value can be AS_Unlocked (locked), or AS_Locked (unlocked).

flexible

boolean

Indicates whether a service access point can be added or deleted. The value can be true, which indicates that a service access point can be added or deleted, or false, which indicates that a service access point cannot be added or deleted

mfdfrType

flowDomainFragment::FDFrTy pe_T

Indicates the MFDFr type. The value can be FDFRT_MULTIPOINT, FDFRT_POINT_TO_MULTIPOINT, FDFRT_POINT_TO_POINT , or FDFRT_EXPLICIT.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information. Currently, it is null.

3.18.2 MultipointServiceAttr_T

3-64

Parameter

Type

Description

paraList

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the attribute list.

staticMacList

StaticMacAddressList_T

Indicates the static MAC address list.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

shgList

SplitHorizonGroupAttrList_ T

Indicates the split horizon group list.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information.

The following table lists the specific attributes of paraList of a VPLS service.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Type

Description

AccessMode

string

Indicates the access interface type. The value can be CAwared, S-Awared, or TAwared.

MacLearning

string

Indicates whether to enable the function of self-learning MAC addresses. The value can be Enable, or Disable.

MacLearnStyle

string

Indicates the MAC address type. The value can be IVL, or SVL.

AgingAbility

string

Indicates whether to enable the aging ability. The value can be Enable, or Disable.

AgingTime

string

Indicates the aging time.

MaxMacNumber

string

Indicates the capacity of the MAC address list.

MaxMacMonitor

string

Indicates the upper threshold for MAC address monitoring.

MinMacMonitor

string

Indicates the lower threshold for MAC address monitoring.

UnknowUnicastServiceFrameDelivery

string

Indicates the method of processing unknown unicast frames. The value can be Discard, or Broadcast.

UnknowMulticastServiceFrameDelivery

string

Indicates the method of processing unknown multicast frames. The value can be Discard, or Broadcast.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-65

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.18.3 StaticMacAddress_T Parameter

Type

Description

staticMacType

string

Indicates the type of the static MAC address. The value can be StaticMac.

macAddress

string

Indicates the MAC address.

peVID

unsigned long

Indicates the outer VLAN ID.

ceVID

unsigned long

Indicates the inner VLAN ID.

tpName

globaldefs::NamingAttributes_ T

Indicates a bound physical or logical port, PW, or QinQ link.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information.

3.18.4 SplitHorizonGroup_T Parameter

Type

Description

shgID

unsigned long

Indicates the ID of a split horizon group.

shgMemberNameList

globaldefs::NamingAttributes List_T

Indicates the list of the members of a split horizon group. The member can be a port, PW, or QinQ link.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information.

3.18.5 IPCrossConnection_T

3-66

Parameter

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T

Indicates the name.

nativeEMSName

string

Indicates the local name.

userLabel

string

Indicates the alias of the object. By default, the value is null.

owner

string

Indicates the owner of the object.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

activeState

subnetworkConnection::SNCSta te_T

Indicates the activation status. The value can be SNCS_NONEXISTENT, SNCS_PENDING, SNCS_ACTIVE, or SNCS_PARTIAL.

administrativeState

performance::AdministrativeStat e_T

Indicates the administrative status. The value can be AS_Locked, or AS_Unlocked.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirection _T

Indicates the direction. The value can be CD_UNI (unidirectional), or CD_BI (bidirectional).

ccType

subnetworkConnection::SNCTy pe_T

Indicates the cross-connection type. The value can be ST_SIMPLE (one source and one sink), ST_ADD_DROP_A (two sources and one sink), ST_ADD_DROP_Z (one source and two sinks). Currently, only ST_SIMPLE is supported.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::Layere dParameters_T

Indicates the transmission parameters. For details, refer to the descriptions of the HW_vpnManager transmission parameter.

aEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the source list.

zEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the sink list.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information.

Parameter

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T

Indicates the name.

userLabel

string

Indicates the alias of the object. By default, the value is null.

3.18.6 TrafficTrunk_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-67

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

nativeEMSName

string

Indicates the local name.

owner

string

Indicates the owner of the object.

activeState

subnetworkConnection::SNCSta te_T

Indicates the activation status. The value can be SNCS_NONEXISTENT, SNCS_PENDING, SNCS_ACTIVE, or SNCS_PARTIAL.

direction

globaldefs::ConnectionDirection _T

Indicates the direction. The value can be CD_UNI, or CD_BI.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::Layere dParameters_T

Indicates the transmission parameters. For details, see Transmission Parameters of the Traffic Trunk.

aEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the source.

zEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the sink.

administrativeState

performance::AdministrativeStat e_T

Indicates the administrative status. The value can be AS_Locked, or AS_Unlocked.

rerouteAllowed

subnetworkConnection::Reroute _T

Indicates whether to enable the rerouting. The value can be RR_NA, RR_YES, or RR_NO.

networkRouted

subnetworkConnection::Networ kRouted_T

Indicates the network route. The value can be NR_NA, NR_YES, or NR_NO.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information.

Parameter

Type

Description

ipAddress

string

Indicates the IP address.

3.18.7 RouteConstraint_T

3-68

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

routingStytle

string

Indicates the route constraint type. The value can be excluded, includeLoose, or includeStrict.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information.

3.18.8 MFDFrModifyData_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Type

Description

modifyType

string

Indicates the modification type. The value can be add_endpoint, remove_endpoint, active_endpoint, deactive_endpoint, or modify_attr.

userLabel

string

Indicates the modified user label.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Indicates whether a user label is required to be unique. The value can only be false.

owner

string

Indicates the modified owner.

multipointServiceAttr

MultipointServiceAttr_T

Indicates the modified multipoint service attributes.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::Layere dParameters_T

Indicates the modified transmission parameter attributes. For details, refer to the section that describes HW_vpnManager transmission parameters in this document.

aEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the list of source TPs to be modified.

zEnd

subnetworkConnection::TPData List_T

Indicates the list of sink TPs to be modified.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information about modifications. It is unused.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-69

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.18.9 TrafficTrunkCreateData_T Parameter

Type

Description

userLabel

string

Indicates the modified user label.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Indicates whether a user label is required to be unique. The value can only be false.

owner

string

Indicates the modified owner.

direction

globaldefs

Indicates the connection direction. The value can be CD_UNI, CD_BI, or unused. Currently, only CD_UNI is supported.

::ConnectionDirection_T

rerouteAllowed

Reroute_T

Indicates the rerouting. The value can be RR_NA, RR_YES, or RR_NO.

networkRerouted

NetworkRouted_T

Indicates the network route. The value can be NR_NA, NR_YES, or NR_NO.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::Layere dParameters_T

Indicates the transmission parameter attributes. For details, refer to the section that describes HW_vpnManager transmission parameters in this document.

fullRoute

boolean

Indicates the full routing.

neTpInclusions

subnetworkConnection::Resourc eList_T

Indicates the explicit port.

neTpSncExclusions

subnetworkConnection::Resourc eList_T

Indicates the excluded port.

aEnd

globaldefs

Indicates the source TP list.

::NamingAttributesList_T zEnd

globaldefs

Indicates the sink TP list.

::NamingAttributesList_T ipCCInclusions

3-70

IPCrossConnectionList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Indicates the list of IP crossconnections involved. It is unused.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

additionalCreationInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the additional information about creation. It is unused.

3.18.10 TrafficTrunkModifyData_T Parameter

Type

Description

userLabel

string

Indicates the modified user label.

forceUniqueness

boolean

Indicates whether a user label is required to be unique. The value can only be false.

owner

string

Indicates the modified owner. It is unused.

direction

globaldefs

Indicates the connection direction. The value can be CD_UNI, CD_BI, or unused. Currently, only CD_UNI is supported.

::ConnectionDirection_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

rerouteAllowed

Reroute_T

Indicates the rerouting. The value can be RR_NA, RR_YES, RR_NO, or unused.

networkRerouted

NetworkRouted_T

Indicates the network route. The value can be NR_NA, NR_YES, NR_NO, or unused.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::Layere dParameters_T

Indicates the transmission parameter attributes. For details, refer to the section that describes HW_vpnManager transmission parameters in this document.

addedOrNewRoute

IPCrossConnectionList_T

Indicates the new IPCrossConnection list.

removedRoute

IPCrossConnectionList_T

Indicates the deleted IPCrossConnection list.

neTpInclusions

subnetworkConnection::Resourc eList_T

Indicates the explicit port.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-71

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Parameter

Type

Description

fullRoute

boolean

Indicates the full routing.

neTpSncExclusions

subnetworkConnection::Resourc eList_T

Indicates the excluded port.

aEnd

globaldefs

Indicates the source TP list. It is unused.

::NamingAttributesList_T zEnd

globaldefs ::NamingAttributesList_T

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Indicates the sink TP list. It is unused. Indicates the additional information. It is unused.

3.19 trafficConditioningProfile 3.19.1 HW_TCProfile_T 3.19.2 HW_TCProfileCreateData_T 3.19.3 TrafficConditioningProfileAssign_T 3.19.4 TrafficConditioningProfileDeassign_T

3-72

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.19.1 HW_TCProfile_T Name

Type

Description

name

globaldefs::NamingAttribut es_T

{name EMS value Huawei/ U2000}{name TCPROFILE value /type=Port/ devtype=PTN3900/ name=portprofile1900} {name EMS value Huawei/ U2000} {name TCPROFILE value /type=ATM/ devtype=COMMON/ name=AtmProfile} Value of the TCPROFILE tag. type indicates the policy type. devtype indicates the type ID of the equipment that is used to distinguish equipment types and is set to COMMON if equipment types are not distinguished. name indicates the policy name. Policy types and equipment types (in the brackets) are as follows: 1. Port (PTN3900, PTN1900, PTN3900_8, PTN910, PTN912, and PTN950) 2. VUNIIngress (PTN3900, PTN1900, PTN3900_8, PTN910, PTN912, PTN950, OSN1500, OSN3500, Metro1000V3, RTN910, and RTN950) 3. VUNIEgress 4. PW 5. ATM 6. ATMCoSMapping 7. DSDomain 8. QinQ 9. ServiceWred 10.PortWred 11.CAR 12.SVlanDEIUsedFlag 13.CoSQueueMapping 14.Wfq Currently, it is only required to fill the equipment type for the Port and VUNIIngress policies.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-73

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

Name

Type

Description The Port, VUNIIngress, VUNIEgress, PW, ATM, ATMCosMapping, and DS fields are supported.

userLabel

string

User label.

nativeEMSName

string

Name of a traffic policy.

owner

string

Name of an object owner.

classifierList

HW_TrafficClassifierList_ T

List of traffic classifications and action attributes.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

Transmission parameter.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Extended parameter.

3.19.2 HW_TCProfileCreateData_T

3-74

Name

Type

Description

userLabel

string

Name of a policy profile.

forceUniqueness

boolean

The value is always set to True.

type

string

Reference type. l

Type that differentiates equipment: profiletype/ devtype

l

Type that does not differentiate equipment: profiletype

owner

string

Object owner.

classifierList

HW_TrafficClassifierList_T

List of classifications and behavior attributes.

transmissionParams

transmissionParameters::La yeredParameterList_T

Transmission parameter.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Extended parameter. Currently, it is null.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

3 Information Model

3.19.3 TrafficConditioningProfileAssign_T Name

Type

Description

tcpRef

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Policy profile name.

resourceName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Applied object.

direction

Directionality_T

Application direction.

layerRate

LayerRate_T

Layer rate.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Extended parameter.

3.19.4 TrafficConditioningProfileDeassign_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Name

Type

Description

tcpRef

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Policy profile name.

resourceName

globaldefs::NamingAttribute s_T

Applied object.

direction

Directionality_T

Application direction.

layerRate

LayerRate_T

Layer rate.

additionalInfo

globaldefs::NVSList_T

Extended parameter.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-75

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4

Interface Model

About This Chapter 4.1 Common_I 4.2 EquipmentInventoryMgr_I 4.3 ManagedElementMgr_I 4.4 MultiLayerSubnetworkMgr_I 4.5 ProtectionMgr_I 4.6 HW_MSTPInventoryMgr_I 4.7 HW_MSTPProtectionMgr_I 4.8 HW_MSTPServiceMgr_I 4.9 TrafficDescriptorMgr_I 4.10 HW_controlPlaneMgr_I 4.11 EncapsulationLayerLinkMgr_I 4.12 FlowDomainMgr_I 4.13 MaintenanceMgr_I 4.14 TCProfileMgr_I 4.15 Session_I 4.16 HW_securityMgr_I 4.17 HW_VPNMgr_I

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.1 Common_I 4.1.1 setUserLabel 4.1.2 setnativeEMSName 4.1.3 setOwner 4.1.4 Notification

4.1.1 setUserLabel Definition setUserLabel(

void

in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T objectName, in string userLabel, in boolean enforceUniqueness) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set the user label for the specified object.

Parameters

4-2

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

objectName

Input

The identifier of the object that you want to set the user label for.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

userLabel

Input

The user label that you want to set.

string

enforceUniqueness

Input

Whether the user label is required to be unique.

boolean

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input is invalid.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions 1.

On the U2000, the compulsory uniqueness of the UseLabel name of the object is not supported.

2.

Currently, you can set the UserLabel attributes for the following objects: EMS, Equipment, PTP, SNC, TopologicalLink, PGP, ME, MultiLayerSubnetwork, OCH CTP, PTN equipment protection group, Tunnel, Tunnel APS protection group.

3.

The input UserLabel character string should be less than 254 characters. The format of the input character string complies with the naming rules of objects on the U2000 client.

4.1.2 setnativeEMSName Definition void

setNativeEMSName( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T objectName, in string nativeEMSName) raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set the nativeEMSName of object.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

objectName

Input

The identifier of the object that you want to set nativeEMSName for.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

nativeEMSName

Input

The nativeEMSName identifier that you want to set.

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input is invalid

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions 1.

Currently, you can set the nativeEMSName attributes for the following objects: ME, SNC, TopologicalLink, physical subnet, and OCh CTP.

2.

The input nativeEMSName character string should be less than 254 characters. The format of the input character string complies with the naming rules of objects on the U2000 client.

4.1.3 setOwner Definition void

setOwner (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T objectName, in string owner) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set the Owner label of the specified object.

Parameters

4-4

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

objectName

Input

-

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

owner

Input

-

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input is invalid.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions 1.

Currently, you can set the Owner attributes for the following objects: EMS, Equipment, PTP, SNC, TopologicalLink, PGP, ME, and MultiLayer Subnetwork.

2.

The input Owner character string should be less than 254 characters. The format of the input character string complies with the naming rules of objects on the U2000 client.

4.1.4 Notification The following notification is supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of attributes

The nativeEMSName, userLabel or owner attributes of EMS, PTP, Equipment, SNC, TopologicalLink, PGP, ME, and MultiLayerSubnetwork

-

4.2 EquipmentInventoryMgr_I 4.2.1 provisionEquipment 4.2.2 unprovisionEquipment 4.2.3 Notifications

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.2.1 provisionEquipment Definition void

provisionEquipment (in EQTCreateData_T equipmentCreateData, out Equipment_T createdEquipment) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Install a board.If the slot does not support the type of the board that you want to install, an abnormity notification of the port is sent.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

equipmentCreateData

Input

The information about the board to be installed.

EQTCreateData_T

createdEquipment

Output

The information about the board installed.

Equipment_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction The setting of a unique userLabel is not supported. That is, in equipmentCreateData, forceUniqueness cannot be set to true.

4-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.2.2 unprovisionEquipment Definition void

unprovisionEquipment (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T equipmentName) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Delete a board.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

equipmentName

Input

The name of the board that you want to delete.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

EMS internal error.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restrictions None.

4.2.3 Notifications The following notifications are supported.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object.

Equipment, EquipmentHolder (shelf)

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object.

Equipment, EquipmentHolder (shelf)

-

4.3 ManagedElementMgr_I 4.3.1 setTPData 4.3.2 createCrossConnections 4.3.3 This interface is in the best-effort mode.deleteCrossConnections 4.3.4 activateCrossConnections 4.3.5 deactivateCrossConnections 4.3.6 createFTP 4.3.7 deleteFTP 4.3.8 modifyFTPMembers 4.3.9 Notifications

4.3.1 setTPData Definition void

setTPData (in subnetworkConnection::TPData_T tpInfo, out terminationPoint::TerminationPoint_T modifiedTP) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set attributes for the specified TP.

Parameters

4-8

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tpInfo

Input

The information about the TP object that you want to set

subnetworkConnecti on::TPData_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

modifiedTP

Output

Modified TP information

terminationPoint::Te rminationPoint_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions The attributes that can be set are as follows: AlarmReporting, SignalLabelActualTx, SignalLabelExpectedRx, TrailTraceActualTx, TrailTraceExpectedRx, Frequency, TCMTrailTraceMonitor, TCMContraTrailTraceMonitor, TCMTrailTraceActualTx, TCMContraTrailTraceExpectedRx, LaserStatus, AutoNegotiation, LaserAutoShut, ClientType, and ClientRate. In the case of WDM, when you set the type of the service that is transmitted, the following requirements should be met. The required input layer rate is 50 and the layer parameter is ClientType that is in the format as follows: {layer 50 transmissionParams { {name ClientType value "SDH/SONET/OTN/DVB/ FC /GBE/FE/HDTV/HDDI/HYBRID"} } In the case of WDM, when you set the rate of the client-side service that is transmitted, the following requirements should be met. Currently, you can set the client-side service rate for certain OTU boards. The required input layer rate is 50 and the layer parameter is ClientRate that is in the following format: {layer 50 transmissionParams { {name ClientRate value "client-side rate"} }

4.3.2 createCrossConnections Definition void

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

createCrossConnections (in subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T ccList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T successedCCList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T failedCCList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Create a cross-connection.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ccList

Input

List of crossconnections to be created

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

successedCCList

Output

List of crossconnections that are successfully created

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

Output

failedCCList

List of crossconnections that fail to be created

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions The creation of SDH and WDM cross-connections are supported. The type of the cross-connection to be created can be SIMPLE, ADD_DROP_A, or ADD_DROP_Z (unidirectional). During the creation of SDH cross-connections, the value of active in cclist is not considered. The created cross-connection is inactive and the user needs to activate the cross-connection through the activateCrossConnections interface. During the creation of WDM cross-connections, if the value of the active in the cclist is True, the created cross-connetion is active. If the value of the active is False, the created crossconnection is inactive. 4-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

During the creation of WDM cross-connections, the value of direction in cclist is not considered. The created cross-connection is unidirectional. This interface is in the best-effort mode.

4.3.3 This interface is in the best-effort mode.deleteCrossConnections Definition deleteCrossConnections (in subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T ccList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T successedCCList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T failedCCList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Delete a cross-connection.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ccList

Input

List of crossconnections to be deleted

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

successedCCList

Output

List of crossconnections that are successfully deleted

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

failedCCList

Output

List of crossconnections that fail to be deleted

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions The deletion of SDH and WDM cross-connections is supported. The SIMPLE, ADD_DROP_A, and ADD_DROP_Z (unidirectional) cross-connections are supported. This interface is in the best-effort mode.

4.3.4 activateCrossConnections Definition activateCrossConnections (in subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T ccList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T successedCCList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T failedCCList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Activate a cross-connection.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ccList

Input

List of crossconnections to be activated

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

4-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

successedCCList

Output

List of crossconnections that are successfully activated

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T

List of crossconnections that fail to be activated

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T

Output

failedCCList

For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions The activation of SDH and WDM cross-connections is supported. The SIMPLE, ADD_DROP_A, and ADD_DROP_Z (unidirectional) cross-connections are supported. This interface is in the best-effort mode.

4.3.5 deactivateCrossConnections Definition void

deactivateCrossConnections (in subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T ccList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T successedCCList, out subnetworkConnection::CrossConnectLi st_T failedCCList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deactivate a cross-connection. Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ccList

Input

List of crossconnections to be deactivated

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

successedCCList

Output

Output

failedCCList

List of crossconnections that are successfully deactivated

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T

List of crossconnections that fail to be deactivated

subnetworkConnecti on::CrossConnectLi st_T

For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

For the element model, see "CrossConnect_T".

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions The deactivation of SDH and WDM cross-connections is supported. The SIMPLE, ADD_DROP_A, and ADD_DROP_Z (unidirectional) cross-connections are supported. This interface is in the best-effort mode.

4-14

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.3.6 createFTP Definition void

createFTP(in flowDomain::FTPCreateData_T createData, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out terminationPoint::TerminationPoint_T theFTP)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create an FTP.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Created data of the FTP

flowDomain::FTPCr eateData_T For the element model, see "FTPCreateData_T".

tpsToModify

Input/Output

theFTP

Output

TP data to be updated (this parameter is not supported and the validity of the value of this parameter is not verified)

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

Data of the FTP that is successfully created

terminationPoint::Te rminationPoint_T

For the element model, see "TPData_T".

For the element model, see "TerminationPoint_ T".

Abnormal Values

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-15

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The ports of the following types support the creation of an FTP: l

LAG

l

MP group

l

Logical serial port

l

IMA

l

VE

4.3.7 deleteFTP Definition void

deleteFTP(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ftpName)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Delete an FTP.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ftpName

Input

Name of the FTP to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values

4-16

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Restriction The ports of the following types support the deletion of an FTP: l

LAG

l

MP group

l

Logical serial port

l

IMA

l

VE

4.3.8 modifyFTPMembers Definition modifyFTPMembers(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ftpName, in string modifyType,in subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpList,out subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T successedTPList,out subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T failedTPList)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Modify FTP member ports.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ftpName

Input

Name of the FTP to be modified

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

modifyType

Input

Modification type (add, modify, and delete)

string

tpList

Input

Data of the FTP to be modified

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T For the element model, see "TPData_T".

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-17

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

successedTPList

Output

Data of the FTP that is successfully modified

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

Data of the FTP that fails to be modified

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

failedTPList

Output

For the element model, see "TPData_T".

For the element model, see "TPData_T".

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The ports of the following types support the modification of FTP member ports: l

LAG

l

MP group

l

Logical serial port

l

IMA

l

VE

The modification functions are as follows: l

Adding member ports

l

Deleting member ports

l

Modifying the attributes of member ports

This interface is in the best-effort mode.

4.3.9 Notifications The following notifications are supported.

4-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

Managed Element, PTP, CROSSCONNECTI ON

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

Managed Element, CROSSCONNECTI ON

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

Managed Element, PTP

The notification on partial attribute change for managed elements and PTPs (attribute change of edge points) is supported.

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

Managed Element, CROSSCONNECTI ON

Notification on the state change (including communication state and data synchronization state) of managed elements is supported. Notification on the (activation and deactivation) state change of crossconnections is supported when then function is enabled.

4.4 MultiLayerSubnetworkMgr_I 4.4.1 createSNC 4.4.2 modifySNC 4.4.3 activateSNC 4.4.4 createAndActivateSNC 4.4.5 deactivateSNC 4.4.6 deleteSNC 4.4.7 deactivateAndDeleteSNC 4.4.8 checkValidSNC Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-19

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.4.9 setConjunctionSNC 4.4.10 swapSNC 4.4.11 Notifications

4.4.1 createSNC Definition createSNC (in subnetworkConnection::SNCCreateData _T createData, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel, out subnetworkConnection::SubnetworkCon nection_T theSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Create a subnet connection (SNC).

Parameters

4-20

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Data for creating the SNC

subnetworkConnecti on::SNCCreateData _T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

theSNC

Output

Information of the SNC that is successfully created

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nection_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

errorReason

Output

The cause of the creation failure

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions In the case of ASON trails, the creation of bidirectional LSP is supported. In createData, specifying the uniqueness of userLabel is not supported. The tolerableImpact and emsFreedomLevel parameters are not supported. In the case of ASON and WDM trails, the creation of the ST_SIMPLE type is supported. In the case of WDM trails, the creation of unidirectional GE client trail is supported. In non-full route situation, in the case of the SDH, the creation of the ST_SIMPLE type is supported. The following table defines error codes.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Error Code

Scenario

1092091958

The scenario that the forceUniqueness parameter is set to true is not supported.

1092091968

During the trail creation, protectionEffort can be EFFORT_WHATEVER only.

1092092142

In non-full route situation, when an SNC is created, sncType can be ST_SIMPLE only.

1092092004

When a service is created, the delivered parameters sncType and aEnd/zEnd do not match.

1092092024

The service of the specified layerRate cannot be created.

1092092184

Incorrect ccInclusion is input. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-21

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Error Code

Scenario

1092092185

Incorrect neTPInclusion is input.

1092092186

Incorrect neTPSNCExclusions is input.

1092092187

Incorrect AEND is input.

1092092188

The AEND cross-connection rate level is incorrect.

1092092189

Incorrect ZEND is input.

1092092190

The ZEND cross-connection rate level of is incorrect.

4.4.2 modifySNC Definition modifySNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName, in string routeId, in subnetworkConnection::SNCModifyData _T SNCModifyData, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, in subnetworkConnection::ProtectionEffort _T tolerableImpactEffort, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out subnetworkConnection::SubnetworkCon nection_T newSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Modify the specified SNC.

Parameters

4-22

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

sncName

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

routeId

Input

The route identifier. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

string

SNCModifyData

Input

Modified SNC data

subnetworkConnecti on::SNCModifyData _T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

tolerableImpactEffort

Input

The indication of tries. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::ProtectionEffort _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication. This parameter is valid when the modification of the SNC is complete and the modified SNC is active. At this time, the meaning of this parameter is consistent with the meaning of the parameter for the activateSNC interface.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

TP data that needs to be updated. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T For the element model, see "TPData_T".

newSNC

Output

SNC data after modification

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nection_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-23

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input data for the creation is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions Downgrading an SDH ASON trail to an SDH trail is not supported. Upgrading an SDH trail to an SDH ASON trail is not supported. Set route constraints for an ASON trail. Modify the source and sink of a WDM trail. Add or delete the protection route for the SDH trail.

4.4.3 activateSNC Definition void

activateSNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out subnetworkConnection::SubnetworkCon nection_T theSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Activate the specified SNC.

4-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

sncName

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

TP data that needs to be updated

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T For the element model, see "TPData_T".

theSNC

Output

SNC data after the activation

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nection_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions When you input an SDH server trail, after the interface is invoked, only the server trail is activated and no client trail is activated. When you input an SDH client trail, after the interface is invoked, the client trail and the server trail for this client trail is activated. In the preceding two cases, the value of emsFreedomLevel is bigger than the value of EMSFL_HIGHER_ORDER_SNCS.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-25

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.4.4 createAndActivateSNC Definition void

createAndActivateSNC (in subnetworkConnection::SNCCreateData _T createData, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, in EMSFreedomLevel_T emsFreedomLevel, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out subnetworkConnection::SubnetworkCon nection_T theSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create and activate an SNC.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Data for creating the SNC

subnetworkConnecti on::SNCCreateData _T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

theSNC

Output

SNC data

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nection_T

sncList

Output

SNC list

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nectionList_T For the element model, see "SubnetworkConnec tion_T".

4-26

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

errorReaso

Output

Failure cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions When the SNC is successfully created, no error message is returned. When the SNC fails to be activated, the failure cause is recorded in errorReason. The following table defines error codes.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Error Code

Scenario

1092091958

The scenario that the forceUniqueness parameter is set to true is not supported.

1092091968

During the trail creation, protectionEffort can be EFFORT_WHATEVER only.

1092092142

In non-full route situation, when an SNC is created, sncType can be ST_SIMPLE only.

1092092004

When a service is created, the delivered parameters sncType and aEnd/zEnd do not match.

1092092024

The service of the specified layerRate cannot be created.

1092092184

Incorrect ccInclusion is input.

1092092185

Incorrect neTPInclusion is input.

1092092186

Incorrect neTPSNCExclusions is input.

1092092187

Incorrect AEND is input.

1092092188

The AEND cross-connection rate level is incorrect.

1092092189

Incorrect ZEND is input. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-27

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Error Code

Scenario

1092092190

The ZEND cross-connection rate level of is incorrect.

4.4.5 deactivateSNC Definition deactivateSNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out subnetworkConnection::SubnetworkCon nection_T theSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Deactivate the specified SNC.

Parameters

4-28

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

sncName

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

TP data that needs to be updated.

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

theSNC

Output

SNC data after activation.

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nection_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause.

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions When you input a server trail, if all client trails on this server trail are deactivated, this server trail is deactivated. Otherwise, the server trail cannot be deactivated. When you input a client trail, only the client trail is deactivated and the server trail is not affected.

4.4.6 deleteSNC Definition void

deleteSNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Delete the specified SNC.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

sncName

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-29

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions When you input a server trail, if a client trail exists on this server trail, the server trail cannot be deleted. If no client trail exists on the server trail, the server trail is deleted. When you input a client trail, only the client trail is deleted and the server trail is not deleted.

4.4.7 deactivateAndDeleteSNC Definition void

deactivateAndDeleteSNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out subnetworkConnection::SubnetworkCon nection_T theSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deactivate and delete a specified SNC.

4-30

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

sncName

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

The EMS freedom level indication.

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T For the element model, see "TPData_T".

theSNC

Output

SNC data

subnetworkConnecti on::SubnetworkCon nection_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-31

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.4.8 checkValidSNC Definition void

checkValidSNC (in subnetworkConnection::SNCCreateData _T createData, in subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, in boolean considerResources, out boolean valid) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Check whether the creation data of are valid.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Data for creating the SNC

subnetworkConnecti on::SNCCreateData _T

tpsToModify

Input

TP data that you want to set. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T For the element model, see "TPData_T".

considerResources

Input

Whether to consider the resource allocation. The value can only be true and false is not supported.

boolean

valid

Output

Check result. true indicates that the SNC is valid and false indicates that the SNC is invalid.

boolean

Abnormal Values

4-32

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None.

4.4.9 setConjunctionSNC Definition setConjunctionSNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName1, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T sncName2, in boolean operate) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Set the association for ASON links.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

sncName1

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

sncName2

Input

SNC name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

operate

Input

Whether to set the association.

boolean

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

true indicates setting the association and false indicates canceling the association.

4-33

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None.

4.4.10 swapSNC Definition swapSNC (in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T nameOfSNCtoBeDeactivated, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T nameOfSNCtoBeActivated, in multiLayerSubnetWork::EMSFreedomL evel_T emsFreedomLevel, in subnetworkConnection::GradesOfImpac t_T tolerableImpact, inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify, out subnetworkConnection::SNCState_T stateOfActivatedSNC, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Switch trails.

Parameters

4-34

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

nameOfSNCtoBeDeactivated

Input

The name of the SNC that you want to deactivate

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

nameOfSNCtoBeAc tivated

Input

The name of the SNC that you want to activate

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tolerableImpact

Input

The tolerable impact level. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::GradesOfImpact _T

emsFreedomLevel

Input

The EMS freedom level indication. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

multiLayerSubnetW ork::EMSFreedomL evel_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

TP data to be modified. This parameter is not supported and the validity of its value is not verified.

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T For the element model, see "TPData_T".

stateOfActivatedSNC

Output

State of the SNC of nameOfSNCtoBeAc tivated after the operation is performed.

subnetworkConnecti on::SNCState_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause.

Currently, this parameter is not handled.

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

The input SNC name format or layer rate is invalid.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input SNC object does not exsit.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None. Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-35

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.4.11 Notifications The following notifications are supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

TopologicalLink, SNC

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

TopologicalLink, SNC

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

TopologicalLink, SNC, MultilayerSubnetwork

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

SNC

-

NT_ROUTE_CHA NGE

Notification on the route change of the object

SNC

-

4.5 ProtectionMgr_I 4.5.1 performProtectionCommand 4.5.2 performWDMProtectionCommand 4.5.3 Notifications

4.5.1 performProtectionCommand Definition void

performProtectionCommand(in ProtectionCommand_T protectionCommand, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T reliableSinkCtpOrGroupName, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T fromTp, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T toTp, out protection::SwitchData_T switchData) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

4-36

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Perform the SNCP protection group switching. The types of the SDH protection groups supported are as follows: Linear protection groups: 1+1 MS protection group and 1:N MS protection group. Ring protection groups: two-fiber bidirectional MS protection group and four-fiber bidirectional MS protection group. SNCP: subnetwork connection protection.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

protectionCommand

Input

Switching command

ProtectionCommand _T

reliableSinkCtpOrGroupName

Input

Name for the protection group or SNCP sink

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

fromTp

Input

Source switching TP

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

toTp

Input

Sink switching TP

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

switchData

Output

Switching data

protection::SwitchD ata_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_UNABLE_TO_COMPLY

EMS cannot implement this request.

Restrictions None.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-37

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.5.2 performWDMProtectionCommand Definition void

performWDMProtectionCommand (in ProtectionCommand_T protectionCommand, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T wpgpName, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T fromTp, in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T toTp, out protection::WDMSwitchData_T wSwitchData) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Functions Perform the switching for the WDM protection group. The switching commands supported are as follows: PC_CLEAR, PC_LOCKOUT, PC_FORCED_SWITCH, and PC_MANUAL_SWITCH.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

protectionCommand

Input

Switching command

ProtectionCommand _T

wpgpName

Input

Protection group name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

fromTp

Input

Source switching TP

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

toTp

Input

Sink switching TP

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

wSwitchData

Output

Switching data

protection::WDMS witchData_T

Abnormal Values

4-38

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_UNABLE_TO_COMPLY

EMS cannot implement this request.

Restriction 1:N protection group.

4.5.3 Notifications The following notifications are supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

Protection Group

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

Protection Group

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

Protection Group

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

Protection Group

-

NT_PROTECTION _SWITCH

Notification on the protection switching

-

NT_WDMPROTEC TION_SWITCH

Notification on the protection switching

-

NT_EPROTECTIO N_SWITCH

Notification on the protection switching

NT_IPPROTECTIO N_SWITCH

Notification on the protection switching

4.6 HW_MSTPInventoryMgr_I 4.6.1 setMstpEndPoint 4.6.2 createVirtualBridge 4.6.3 deleteVirtualBridge 4.6.4 createVLAN 4.6.5 deleteVLAN Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-39

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.6.6 addVLANForwardPort 4.6.7 delVLANForwardPort 4.6.8 setVLANData 4.6.9 addBindingPath 4.6.10 delBindingPath 4.6.11 setLCASState 4.6.12 createQosRule 4.6.13 setQosRule 4.6.14 createFlow 4.6.15 deleteQosRule 4.6.16 setFlow 4.6.17 deleteFlow 4.6.18 createLinkAggregationGroup 4.6.19 modifyLinkAggregationGroup 4.6.20 deleteLinkAggregationGroup 4.6.21 setMstpEndPointShapingQueue 4.6.22 setSTProtocolParam 4.6.23 setSTBridgeParam 4.6.24 setSTPortParam 4.6.25 Notifications

4.6.1 setMstpEndPoint Definition void

setMstpEndPoint( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T endPointName,in transmissionParameters::LayeredParam eterList_T paraList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_MSTPEndPoi nt_T endPoint )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Set the characteristic information about specified MSTP endpoints. 4-40

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Set the Layer-2 port attributes, including the flow control attributes, working mode, maximum data packet length, and encapsulation protocol, on the WDM board. An endpoint can be a MAC port, VCTRUNK port, PRP port, logical port, ATM port, or ATM trunk port.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

endPointName

Input

Name of the MSTP endpoint to be set

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

List of parameters to be set

transmissionParamet ers::LayeredParamet erList_T

endPoint

Output

Set endpoint

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_MSTPEndPoi nt_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.2 createVirtualBridge Definition void

createVirtualBridge( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T equipmentName, in unsigned short vbId,in string vbName,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_VirtualBridge _T vb )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-41

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Allow the network management system to create a virtual bridge.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

equipmentName

Input

Board name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

vbId

Input

Virtual bridge ID

unsigned short

vbName

Input

Virtual bridge name

string

vb

Output

Virtual bridge object that is created

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_VirtualBridge _T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.3 deleteVirtualBridge Definition void

deleteVirtualBridge( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T vbName )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Delete the specified virtual bridge.

4-42

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vbName

Input

Name of the virtual bridge to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.4 createVLAN Definition void

createVLAN( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T vbName, in unsigned short vlanId,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T forwardTPList, out HW_mstpInventory::HW_VirtualLAN_ T vlan )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Create a VLAN.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vbName

Input

Virtual bridge name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-43

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vlanId

Input

VLAN ID

unsigned short

forwardTPList

Input

List of names for forwarding filtering ports

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

vlan

Output

VLAN object that is created

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_VirtualLAN_ T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.5 deleteVLAN Definition void

deleteVLAN( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T vlanName ) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Delete the specified VLAN.

Parameters

4-44

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vlanName

Input

Name of the VLAN to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.6 addVLANForwardPort Definition addVLANForwardPort( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T vlanName,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T forwardTPList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_VirtualLAN_ T vlan )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Add a forwarding filtering port to the VLAN dynamically.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vlanName

Input

VLAN name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

forwardTPList

Input

List of the forwarding filtering ports to be added

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

vlan

Output

Modified VLAN object

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_VirtualLAN_ T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-45

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.7 delVLANForwardPort Definition delVLANForwardPort( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T vlanName,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T forwardTPList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_VirtualLAN_ T vlan )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Delete a forwarding filtering port of the VLAN.

Parameters

4-46

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vlanName

Input

VLAN name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

forwardTPList

Input

List of the forwarding filtering ports to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

vlan

Output

Modified VLAN object

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_VirtualLAN_ T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.8 setVLANData Definition setVLANData( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T vlanName,in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_VirtualLAN_ T vlan )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Set VLAN attributes. Currently, no attribute can be set, but the interface remains.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

vlanName

Input

VLAN name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

List of attributes to be set

globaldefs::NVSList _T

vlan

Output

Returned VLAN information

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_VirtualLAN_ T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-47

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.9 addBindingPath Definition addBindingPath( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T endPointName, in terminationPoint::Directionality_T bindingDirect,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T pathList, out HW_mstpInventory::HW_MSTPBinding PathList_T bindingPathList )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Add a binding path for a VCTRUNK port.

Parameters

4-48

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

endPointName

Input

Endpoint name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

bindingDirect

Input

MSTP endpoint direction

terminationPoint::Di rectionality_T

pathList

Input

List of binding paths to be added

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

bindingPathList

Output

List of trails after the binding

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_MSTPBinding PathList_T For the element model, see "HW_MSTPBinding Path_T".

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restrictions 1.

The input endPointName parameter supports the VCTRUNK port only.

2.

You can bind the paths on the same port only. In the case of the tributary timeslot, you can bind the paths on the same board only.

3.

Paths of different ports cannot be specified at the same time. In addition, the rate levels should be consistent.

4.6.10 delBindingPath Definition void

delBindingPath( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T endPointName, in terminationPoint::Directionality_T bindingDirect,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T pathList, out HW_mstpInventory::HW_MSTPBinding PathList_T bindingPathList )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Delete the binding path of a VC trunk. Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-49

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

endPointName

Input

Endpoint name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

bindingDirect

Input

MSTP endpoint direction

terminationPoint::Di rectionality_T

pathList

Input

List of binding paths to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

bindingPathList

Output

List of modified paths

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_MSTPBinding PathList_T For the element model, see "HW_MSTPBinding Path_T".

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction The input endPointName parameter supports the VCTRUNK port only.

4.6.11 setLCASState Definition void

setLCASState( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T endPointName,in boolean enableState )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Set the enable state of the LCAS protocol at the VCTRUNK port. 4-50

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

endPointName

Input

Endpoint name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

enableState

Input

Enable state of the LCAS protocol

boolean

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction Set the enable state of the LCAS protocol at the VCTRUNK port.

4.6.12 createQosRule Definition void

createQosRule( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T equipmentName, in HW_mstpInventory::HW_QosType_T qosType,in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList, out HW_mstpInventory::HW_QosRule_T qosRule )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Create the QoS rule.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-51

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

equipmentName

Input

Board name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

qosType

Input

QoS type

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_QosType_T

paraList

Input

List of parameters for the specified QoS type

globaldefs::NVSList _T

qosRule

Output

QoS rule created

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_QosRule_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restrictions Set the paraList parameters for a new CAR. The attributes that can be queried and set are as follows: EnableCar, CIR, DCBS, PIR, and DMBS. In the case of an existing CAR, you can set the CIR parameter only. If you set the other parameters for the existing CAR, the errors that the parameters are not supported are returned.

4.6.13 setQosRule Definition void

setQosRule( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T qosRuleName, in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_QosRule_T qosRule )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Set the QoS rule. 4-52

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

qosRuleName

Input

QoS rule name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

List of parameters to be modified

globaldefs::NVSList _T

qosRule

Output

Modified QoS rules

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_QosRule_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restrictions Set the paraList parameters for a new CAR. The attributes that can be queried and set are as follows: EnableCar, CIR, DCBS, PIR, and DMBS. In the case of an existing CAR, you can set the CIR parameter only. If you set the other parameters for the existing CAR, the errors that the parameters are not supported are returned.

4.6.14 createFlow Definition void

createFlow( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T equipmentName, in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_Flow_T flow ) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Create a flow.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-53

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

equipmentName

Input

Board name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

Paramete list

globaldefs::NVSList _T

flow

Output

Information about the flow created

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_Flow_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restrictions The parameters supported are as follows: FlowType, PortType, PortID, VlanID, Priority, FlowshapingID, VBID, VBLogicPort, SVlanID, CVlanID, and CVlanIDRange.

4.6.15 deleteQosRule Definition void

deleteQosRule( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T qosRuleName )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Delete a QoS rule according to the QoS rule name.

Parameter

4-54

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

qosRuleName

Input

Name for the QoS rule

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restriction None.

4.6.16 setFlow Definition setFlow( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T flowName,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T qosRuleNames,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_Flow_T flow ) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Set the binding relation between the flow and QoS.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

flowName

Input

Flow name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

qosRuleNames

Input

List of names for the QoS rules

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

flow

Output

Flow object after the QoS rule is bound

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_Flow_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-55

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.17 deleteFlow Definition deleteFlow( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T flowName )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Delete the specified flow according to the flow name.

Parameter Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

flowName

Input

Flow name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values

4-56

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Restriction None.

4.6.18 createLinkAggregationGroup Definition createLinkAggregationGroup( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T meName, in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList,in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T mainPortName,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T branchPortNameList, out HW_mstpInventory::HW_LinkAggregati onGroup_T lag )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Create a link aggregation group (LAG).

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

meName

Input

NE name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

Parameter list

globaldefs::NVSList _T

mainPortName

Input

Main port name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

branchPortNameList

Input

Standby or branch port name

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

lag

Output

LAG created

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_LinkAggregati onGroup_T

Abnormal Values

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-57

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.19 modifyLinkAggregationGroup Definition modifyLinkAggregationGroup( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T lagName,in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T addedBranchPortNameList,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T deletedBranchPortNameList,out HW_mstpInventory::HW_LinkAggregati onGroup_T lag)

void

raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Modify the specified LAG.

Parameters

4-58

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

lagName

Input

Name for the LAG to be modified

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

Parameter list

globaldefs::NVSList _T

addedBranchPortNameList

Input

List of names for the standby or branch ports to be added

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

deletedBranchPortNameList

Input

List of names for the standby or branch ports to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

lag

Output

Modified LAGs

HW_mstpInventory: :HW_LinkAggregati onGroup_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restrictions You can modify the nativeEMSName parameter, but the type and sharetype parameters cannot be modified.

4.6.20 deleteLinkAggregationGroup Definition void

deleteLinkAggregationGroup( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T lagName )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Delete the specified LAG.

Parameter

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

lagName

Input

Name for the LAG to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-59

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.21 setMstpEndPointShapingQueue Definition setMstpEndPointShapingQueue( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T endPointName,in HW_mstpInventory::ShapingQueueList _T shapingQueueList)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Set the shaping queue for the specified port.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

endPointName

Input

Endpoint name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

shapingQueueList

Input

Shaping queue

HW_mstpInventory: :ShapingQueueList_ T For the element model, see "ShapingQueue".

4-60

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.6.22 setSTProtocolParam Definition setSTProtocolParam( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T spanningTreeName,in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Set the protocol type for the Ethernet spanning tree, and enable or disable the protocol.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

spanningTreeName

Input

Name of the spanning tree

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

Parameters of the spanning tree

globaldefs::NVSList _T

Abnormal Values

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-61

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An internal error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None.

4.6.23 setSTBridgeParam Definition setSTProtocolParam( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T spanningTreeName,in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Set the parameters for the bridge of the spanning tree.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

spanningTreeName

Input

Name of the spanning tree

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

Parameters of the Ethernet virtual bridge

globaldefs::NVSList _T

Abnormal Values

4-62

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An internal error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Restriction None.

4.6.24 setSTPortParam Definition setSTPortParam( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T spanningTreeName,in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T portName,in globaldefs::NVSList_T paraList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Set parameters for the port of the spanning tree.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

spanningTreeName

Input

Name of the spanning tree

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

portName

Input

Name of the port

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

paraList

Input

Parameters of the port

globaldefs::NVSList _T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An internal error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None. Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-63

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.6.25 Notifications The following notifications are supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

VB, VLAN, MSTPEndPoint, QoS, FLOW, LAG

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

VB, VLAN, MSTPEndPoint, QoS, FLOW, LAG

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

VB, VLAN, MSTPEndPoint, QoS, FLOW, LAG, STP, STPort, STBridge

Notifications on the changes of the VCTRUNK path binding are supported.

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

VB LCAS

Notifications on the changes of the LCAS state are supported.

4.7 HW_MSTPProtectionMgr_I 4.7.1 performRPRProtectionCommand 4.7.2 performAtmPGProtectionCommand 4.7.3 Notifications

4.7.1 performRPRProtectionCommand Definition void

performRPRProtectionCommand( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T nodeName,in protection::ProtectionCommand_T protectionCommand,in HW_SwitchPosition_T switchPosition,out HW_RPRSwitchData_T switchData )raises ( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Perform the external switching command on the specified RPR node. 4-64

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

nodeName

Input

The specified RPR node

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

protectionCommand

Input

The switching command performed

protection::Protectio nCommand_T

switchPosition

Input

Switching position: HW_SP_NA, HW_SP_EAST, HW_SP_WEST

HW_SwitchPosition _T

switchData

Output

Details of the switching

HW_RPRSwitchDat a_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.7.2 performAtmPGProtectionCommand Definition void

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

performAtmPGProtectionCommand( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T atmpgName,in protection::ProtectionCommand_T protectionCommand,in HW_AtmPGSwitchAction_T switchAction,in HW_AtmPGSwitchDirect_T switchDirect,out HW_AtmPGSwitchData_T switchData )raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-65

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Perform the external switching command on the specified ATM protection group.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

atmpgName

Input

ATM protection group name

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

protectionCommand

Input

Perform the external switching command on the specified ATM protection group

protection::Protectio nCommand_T

switchAction

Input

Switching action: HW_ASAT_NA, HW_ASAT_SWITC H, HW_ASAT_REST ORE

HW_AtmPGSwitch Action_T

switchDirect

Input

Switching direction: HW_ASD_NA, HW_ASD_SRC, HW_ASD_SNK, HW_ASD_BI

HW_AtmPGSwitch Direct_T

switchData

Output

Details of the switching

HW_AtmPGSwitch Data_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.7.3 Notifications The following notifications are supported. 4-66

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

ATM protection group, RPR node

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

ATM protection group, RPR node

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

ATM protection group, RPR node, RPR link attribute

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

ATM protection group

-

NT_PROTECTION _SWITCH

Notification on the protection switching

ATM protection group, RPR node

The notification on the protection switching for the ATM protection group or RPR node is supported.

4.8 HW_MSTPServiceMgr_I 4.8.1 createEthService 4.8.2 deleteEthService 4.8.3 createAtmService 4.8.4 deleteAtmService 4.8.5 activateAtmService 4.8.6 deactivateAtmService 4.8.7 Notifications

4.8.1 createEthService Definition void

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

createEthService( in HW_EthServiceCreateData_T createData,out HW_EthServiceList_T ethServiceList )raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-67

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Create an Ethernet service.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Information about the Ethernet service to be created

HW_EthServiceCre ateData_T

ethServiceList

Output

List of the Ethernet cross-connections that are created

HW_EthServiceList _T For the element model, see "HW_EthService_T ".

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restriction The creation of the EPL, EVPL, or EPLn is supported.

4.8.2 deleteEthService Definition void

deleteEthService( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T serviceName )raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Delete the specified Ethernet service.

4-68

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

serviceName

Input

The name of the Ethernet service to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.8.3 createAtmService Definition void

createAtmService( in HW_AtmServiceCreateData_T createData,out HW_AtmService_T atmService )raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Create an ATM VP/VC cross-connection.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Information about the ATM service that you want to create

HW_AtmServiceCre ateData_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-69

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

atmService

Output

List of the ATM services that are created

HW_AtmService_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restriction None.

4.8.4 deleteAtmService Definition void

deleteAtmService( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T serviceName)raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

Function Delete the specified ATM VP/VC cross-connection.

Parameter

4-70

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

serviceName

Input

The name of the ATM service that you want to delete

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.8.5 activateAtmService Definition activateAtmService( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T serviceName,out HW_AtmService_T atmService )raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Activate the specified ATM VP/VC cross-connection.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

serviceName

Input

The name of the ATM service that you want to delete

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

atmService

Output

Information about the ATM service that you want to activate

HW_AtmService_T

Abnormal Values

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-71

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.8.6 deactivateAtmService Definition deactivateAtmService( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T serviceName,out HW_AtmService_T atmService )raises( globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException )

void

Function Deactivate the specified ATM VP/VC cross-connection.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

serviceName

Input

The name of the ATM service that you want to delete

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

atmService

Output

Information about the ATM service that you want to deactivate

HW_AtmService_T

Abnormal Values

4-72

Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Restriction None.

4.8.7 Notifications The following notification is supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

Ethernet service object and ATM service object.

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

Ethernet service object and ATM service object.

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

ATM service object.

-

4.9 TrafficDescriptorMgr_I 4.9.1 activateTrafficDescriptor 4.9.2 deactivateTrafficDescriptor 4.9.3 HW_createTrafficDescriptor 4.9.4 deleteTrafficDescriptor 4.9.5 Notifications

4.9.1 activateTrafficDescriptor Definition void

activateTrafficDescriptor(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T tdName,out TrafficDescriptor_T td) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Activate the specified ATM traffic descriptor.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-73

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tdName

Input

The name for the ATM traffic descriptor that you want to activate

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

td

Output

The ATM traffic descriptor that you want to activate

TrafficDescriptor_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.9.2 deactivateTrafficDescriptor Definition void

deactivateTrafficDescriptor( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T tdName,out TrafficDescriptor_T td) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deactivate the specified ATM traffic descriptor.

4-74

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tdName

Input

The name for the ATM traffic descriptor that you want to deactivate

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

td

Output

The ATM traffic descriptor that you want to deactivate

TrafficDescriptor_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None.

4.9.3 HW_createTrafficDescriptor Definition void

HW_createTrafficDescriptor( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T meName,in TDCreateData_T newTDCreateData,out TrafficDescriptor_T newTrafficDescriptor )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create an ATM traffic descriptor.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-75

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

meName

Input

The NE name.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

newTDCreateData

Input

The data for the ATM traffic descriptor that you want to create

TDCreateData_T

newTrafficDescriptor

Output

Information about the ATM traffic descriptor that is created

TrafficDescriptor_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restriction None.

4.9.4 deleteTrafficDescriptor Definition void

deleteTrafficDescriptor( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T descriptorName) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Delete the specified ATM traffic descriptor.

4-76

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

descriptorName

Input

The name of the ATM traffic descriptor

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

Restriction None.

4.9.5 Notifications The following notifications are supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

ATM traffic descriptor

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

ATM traffic descriptor

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

ATM traffic descriptor

Change of the activation or deactivation state of the ATM traffic descriptor

4.10 HW_controlPlaneMgr_I 4.10.1 setSRLG 4.10.2 Notifications

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-77

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.10.1 setSRLG Definition void

setSRLG(in HW_SRLGID_T srlgID, in boolean addOrRemove, inout globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T snppLinkNameList ) raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set the shared risk link group (SRLG).

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

srlgID

Input

SRLG ID

The value of the SRLG ID ranges from 0 to 65535. 0 indicates that the object does not belong to any SRLG.

addOrRemove

Input

true indicates adding and false indicates removing

boolean

snppLinkNameList

Input/Output

list of SNPP link names

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction None

4-78

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.10.2 Notifications The following notifications are supported. Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

SNPP

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

SNPP

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

SNPP

-

NT_ASON_RESOU RCE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object resources

SNPP

-

4.11 EncapsulationLayerLinkMgr_I 4.11.1 createELLink 4.11.2 activateELLink 4.11.3 deactivateELLink 4.11.4 deleteELLink 4.11.5 increaseBandwidthOfELLink 4.11.6 decreaseBandwidthOfELLink 4.11.7 setELLinkLCASState 4.11.8 Notifications

4.11.1 createELLink Definition void

createELLink( in ELLinkCreateData_T createData,out EncapsulationLayerLink_T theELL,out string errorReason)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create an encapsulation layer link (ELL). Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-79

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

The data of the encapsulation layer link to be created.

ELLinkCreateData_ T

theELL

Output

The created encapsulation layer link.

EncapsulationLayer Link_T

errorReason

Output

The fault cause.

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions 1.

The point-to-multipoint ELL is not supported.

2.

The uniqueness of userLabel is not supported.

3.

The unidirectional ELL is not supported.

4.

The untermiated ELL does not support the automatic creation of the server layer.

5.

When btname is used, the server layer cannot be created automatically.

6.

The VC4 server trail cannot be created automatically.

4.11.2 activateELLink Definition void

activateELLink( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ellName,out EncapsulationLayerLink_T theELL, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Activate a specific encapsulation layer link. 4-80

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ellName

Input

The name of the ELLink

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

theELL

Output

The new activated encapsulation layer link.

EncapsulationLayer Link_T

errorReason

Output

The fault reason

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction errorReason is always null.

4.11.3 deactivateELLink Definition void

deactivateELLink ( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ellName,out EncapsulationLayerLink_T theELL, out string errorReason)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deactivate a specific encapsulation layer link.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ellName

Input

The name of the ELLink.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-81

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

theELL

Output

The new deactivated encapsulation layer link.

EncapsulationLayer Link_T

errorReason

Output

The fault reason

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction errorReason is always null.

4.11.4 deleteELLink Definition void

deleteELLink(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ellName) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deletion a specific encapsulation layer link

Parameters

4-82

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ellName

Input

The name of the encapsulation layer link to be deleted.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The server layer is not deleted.

4.11.5 increaseBandwidthOfELLink Definition increaseBandwidthOfELLink( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ellName,in boolean automatic, in SNCCreateDataList_T additionalSNCs,in short numberOfSNCs,in transmissionParameters::LayeredParam eterList_T transmissionParams,in globaldefs::NVSList_T additionalModificationInfo,out EncapsulationLayerLink_T newELL) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Add the bandwidth of a specific encapsulation layer link. In the case of an unterminated service, you can only add the bandwidth manually.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ellName

Input

The name of the encapsulation layer link to modify.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

automatic

Input

Whether the bandwidth is added automatically or not.

boolean

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-83

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

additionalSNCs

Input

List of SNCs to be added.

subnetworkConnecti on::SNCCreateData List_T

numberOfSNCs

Input

Number of SNCs to be added.

short

transmissionParams

Input

Transmission parameters

transmissionParamet ers::LayeredParamet erList_T

additionalModificationInfo

Input

Additional modification information

globaldefs::NVSList _T

newELL

Output

The modified encapsulation layer link.

EncapsulationLayer Link_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions The transmissionParams and additionalModificationInfo fields are not processed.

4.11.6 decreaseBandwidthOfELLink Definition void

4-84

decreaseBandwidthOfELLink( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ellName,in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T sncNames, in short numberOfSNCs,in globaldefs::NVSList_T additionalModificationInfo,out EncapsulationLayerLink_T newELL) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Decrease the bandwidth of a specific encapsulation layer link.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ellName

Input

The name of the encapsulation layer link to modify.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

sncNames

Input

The names of the SNCs that shall removed from providing bandwidth for the ELL.

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

numberOfSNCs

Input

The number of SNCs to be removed.

short

additionalModificationInfo

Input

Additional modification information

globaldefs::NVSList _T

newELL

Output

The modified encapsulation layer link.

EncapsulationLayer Link_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions 1.

The additionalModificationInfo field is not processed.

2.

Whether the sncNames queue length is consistent with numberOfSNCs is not checked.

3.

When the sncNames queue length is zero, the bandwidth is decreaded automatically according to numberOfSNCs.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-85

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.11.7 setELLinkLCASState Definition void

setELLinkLCASState ( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ellName,in boolean enableState )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set the LCAS state of an encapsulation layer link.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ellName

Input

The name of the encapsulation layer link to set LCAS State.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

enableState

Input

LCAS State enabling flag of the encapsulation layer link.

boolean

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The parameter is set directly without distinguishing the original status of the ELL.

4.11.8 Notifications The following notifications are supported.

4-86

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

ELL

-

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

ELL

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

ELL

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

ELL

ELL activation and deactivation

4.12 FlowDomainMgr_I 4.12.1 createFDFr 4.12.2 activateFDFr 4.12.3 deactivateFDFr 4.12.4 deleteFDFr 4.12.5 performEthernetOAMCommand 4.12.6 Notifications

4.12.1 createFDFr Definition void

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

createFDFr( in flowDomainFragment::FDFrCreateData _T createData,in ConnectivityRequirement_T connectivityRequirement,inout globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T endTPs,inout globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T internalTPs,inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify,out flowDomainFragment::FlowDomainFrag ment_T theFDFr, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException);

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-87

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Create a flow domain fragment.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

The FDFr Data to be created

flowDomainFragme nt::FDFrCreateData _T

connectivityRequirement

Input

This parameter is ignored.

ConnectivityRequirement

endTPs

Input/Output

A list of names of flow points

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

internalTPs

Input/Output

A list of internal CPTP names that must be included in the route of the FDFr.

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

mfdfrs

Input/Output

This parameter is ignored.

flowDomainFragme nt::MatrixFlowDom ainFragmentList_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

A list of TPs to apply. On method return the list is updated to provide the resulting parameters.

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

theFDFr

Output

The new created flow domain fragment.

flowDomainFragme nt::FlowDomainFra gment_T

errorReason

Output

This parameter is ignored.

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions 1. 4-88

The creation of the EVPLAN is not supported. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

2.

The automatic creation of the ELL is not supported.

3.

The connectivityRequirement, mfdfrs, and errorReason fileds are not processed.

4.

The creation of unidirectional services, except the QinQ EvplType service, is not supported.

5.

When the createData and additionalCreationInfo fileds are set to Eplan, THE EPLAN trail is created.

6.

When the endTPs list length is 1, the unterminated trail is created.

7.

When the endTPs list length is 2, the terminated trail is created.

4.12.2 activateFDFr Definition activateFDFr( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T fdfrName,out flowDomainFragment::FlowDomainFrag ment_T fdfr)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException);

void

Function Activate a specific flow domain fragment.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

fdfrName

Input

The name of the FDFr to activate.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

fdfr

Output

The activated flow domain fragment.

flowDomainFragme nt::FlowDomainFra gment_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-89

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.12.3 deactivateFDFr Definition void

deactivateFDFr( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T fdfrName,out flowDomainFragment::FlowDomainFrag ment_T fdfr)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException);

Function Deactivate a specific flow domain fragment.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

fdfrName

Input

The name of the FDFr to deactivate.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

fdfr

Output

The deactivated flow domain fragment.

flowDomainFragme nt::FlowDomainFra gment_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None

4-90

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.12.4 deleteFDFr Definition void

deleteFDFr( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T fdfrName,inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify)

Function Delete a specific flow domain fragment.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

fdfrName

Input

The name of the flow domain fragment to be deleted.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tpsToModify

Input/Output

A list of TPs to apply. On method return the list is updated to provide the resulting parameters.

flowDomainFragme nt::FlowDomainFra gment_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-91

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.12.5 performEthernetOAMCommand Definition void

performEthernetOAMCommand ( in EthernetOAMOperation_T operation,out EthernetLTTestResultList_T ltTestResult )raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Perform the Ethernet OAM operation.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

operation

Input

The operation to be performed

EthernetOAMOpera tion_T

ltTestResult

Output

The result of Linktrace

EthernetLTTestResultList

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None

4.12.6 Notifications The following notifications are supported.

4-92

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_CRE ATION

Notification on creating an object

FDFr

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Notification Name

Description

Supported Objects

Remarks

NT_OBJECT_DEL ETION

Notification on deleting an object

FDFr

-

NT_ATTRIBUTE_ VALUE_CHANGE

Notification on the change of object attributes

FDFr

-

NT_STATE_CHAN GE

Notification on the change of the object state

FDFr

FDFr activation and deactivation

4.13 MaintenanceMgr_I 4.13.1 performMaintenanceOperation 4.13.2 enablePRBSTest 4.13.3 disablePRBSTest

4.13.1 performMaintenanceOperation Definition void

performMaintenanceOperation (in CurrentMaintenanceOperation_T maintenanceOperation, in MaintenanceOperationMode_T maintenanceOperationMode) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Set and cancel the maintenance operations of TPs.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

maintenanceOperation

Input

Information on the maintenance operation to perform

CurrentMaintenance Operation_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-93

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

maintenanceOperationMode

Input

Indicates whether the maintenance operation should be operated or released.

MaintenanceOperati onMode_T.This field has two values: MOM_OPERATE MOM_RELEASE

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restrictions In the case of the SDH NE, the inloop and outloop for the PTP or CTP can be set or canceled. In the case of the WDM NE, the loop for the WDM PTP can be set or canceled.

4.13.2 enablePRBSTest Definition void

enablePRBSTest(in PRBSTestParameterList_T testParaList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T failedTPList)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Start the PRBS test.

4-94

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

testParaList

Input

List of testing parameters

PRBSTestParameter List_T For details of the element model, see "PRBSTestParamete r_T".

Output

failedTPList

List of TPs that failed to be tested

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction The DWDM equipment is not supported.

4.13.3 disablePRBSTest Definition void

disablePRBSTest(in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T tpNameList,out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T failedTPList)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Stop the PRBS test.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-95

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tpNameList

Input

List of the TPs where the tests need to be stopped

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

failedTPList

Output

List of TPs that failed to be tested

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

Restriction The DWDM equipment is not supported.

4.14 TCProfileMgr_I 4.14.1 HW_createTCProfile 4.14.2 HW_modifyTCProfile 4.14.3 deleteTCProfile 4.14.4 assignTrafficConditioningProfile 4.14.5 deassignTrafficConditioningProfile

4.14.1 HW_createTCProfile Definition void

HW_createTCProfile( in HW_TCProfileCreateData_T newTCProfileCreateData, out HW_TCProfile_T newTCProfile) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

4-96

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Create the traffic policy profile.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

newTCProfileCreateData

Input

Creates data.

HW_TCProfileCreate Data_T

newTCProfile

Output

Returned information about the traffic policy that is successfully created.

HW_TCProfile_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_NOT_IMPLEMENTED

The value is not supported by the U2000.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction Currently, the port policy, Ethernet V-UNI ingress and egress policy, PW policy, ATM policy, ATM CoS mapping, and DS domain mapping can be created.

4.14.2 HW_modifyTCProfile Definition void

HW_modifyTCProfile( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T tcProfileName, in HW_TCProfileCreateData_T tcProfileModifyData, out HW_TCProfile_T modifiedTCProfile, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-97

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Modify a traffic policy profile.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tcProfileName

Input

Name of a traffic policy profile that needs to be modified.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tcProfileModifyData

Input

Information about a traffic policy profile that needs to be modified.

HW_TCProfileCreat eData_T

modifiedTCProfile

Output

Returned information about the traffic policy profile that is successfully modified.

HW_TCProfile_T

errorReason

Output

Returned error information.

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_NOT_IMPLEMENTED

The value is not supported by the U2000.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None.

4-98

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.14.3 deleteTCProfile Definition void

deleteTCProfile( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T tcProfileName) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Delete a traffic policy profile.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tcProfileName

Input

Name of a traffic policy profile to be deleted.

globaldefs::NamingA ttributes_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_NOT_IMPLEMENTED

The value is not supported by the U2000.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction None.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-99

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.14.4 assignTrafficConditioningProfile Definition void

assignTrafficConditioningProfile( in TrafficConditioningProfileAssignList_T resourceList, out TrafficConditioningProfileAssignList_T failedResourceList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Apply a traffic policy profile to an object.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

resourceList

Input

List of objects where the traffic policy profile is applied.

TrafficConditioningP rofileAssignList_T

failedResourceList

Output

Returned list of objects where the policy fails to be applied.

TrafficConditioningP rofileAssignList_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_NOT_IMPLEMENTED

The value is not supported by the U2000.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction Currently, the port policy and DS domain mapping are supported.

4-100

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.14.5 deassignTrafficConditioningProfile Definition void

deassignTrafficConditioningProfile( in TrafficConditioningProfileDeassignList_T resourceList, out TrafficConditioningProfileDeassignList_T failedResourceList) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deassign a traffic policy profile from an object.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

resourceList

Input

List of objects where policies are deassigned.

TrafficConditioningP rofileDeassignList_T

failedResourceList

Output

Returned list of objects where the policies fail to be deassigned.

TrafficConditioningP rofileDeassignList_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_NOT_IMPLEMENTED

The value is not supported by the U2000.

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_ENTITY_NOT_FOUND

The input object does not exist.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction Currently, the port policy and DS domain mapping are supported.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-101

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.15 Session_I 4.15.1 ping 4.15.2 endSession

4.15.1 ping Definition ping ()

void

Function Check whether the communication is normal.

Parameter None

Abnormal Value None

Restriction None

4.15.2 endSession Definition void

endSession()

Function End the session connection.

Parameter None

Abnormal Value None 4-102

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Restriction None

4.16 HW_securityMgr_I 4.16.1 modifyPassword

4.16.1 modifyPassword Definition modifyPassword(in string userName,in string oldPassword,in string newPassword) raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Modify the password of the CORBA user that has logged in currently.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

userName

Input

Name of the CORBA user that has logged in currently

string

oldPassword

Input

Old password.

string

newPassword

Input

New password.

string

Abnormal Value None

Restriction None

4.17 HW_VPNMgr_I 4.17.1 createMFDFr 4.17.2 deleteMFDFr 4.17.3 activateMFDFr Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-103

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.17.4 deactivateMFDFr 4.17.5 modifyMFDFr 4.17.6 createTrafficTrunk 4.17.7 deleteTrafficTrunk 4.17.8 activateTrafficTrunk 4.17.9 deactivateTrafficTrunk 4.17.10 modifyTrafficTrunk 4.17.11 createIPCrossConnections 4.17.12 deleteIPCrossConnections 4.17.13 activateIPCrossConnections 4.17.14 deactivateIPCrossConnections 4.17.15 modifyIPCrossConnection

4.17.1 createMFDFr Definition void

createMFDFr(in MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T createData,inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify,out MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T theMFDFr,out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T notConnectableCPTPList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T parameterProblemsTPList, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create an MFDFr.

Parameters

4-104

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Data of the MFDFr to be created

MatrixFlowDomain Fragment_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tpsToModify

Input/Output

TP list to be updated (the updated TP list in the output)

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

theMFDFr

Output

Created MFDFr

MatrixFlowDomain Fragment_T

notConnectableCPTPList

Output

List of objects that cannot be connected when the MFDFr is created

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

parameterProblemsTPList

Output

List of TPs at the source and sink ends where the MFDFr fails to be created

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

errorReason

Output

Error cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The following services can be created: l

ATM emulation service

l

TDM emulation service

l

EPL service

l

EPLn service

The tpsToModify and notConnectableCPTPList parameters are not supported.

4.17.2 deleteMFDFr Definition void

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

deleteMFDFr(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T mfdfrName)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-105

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Delete a specified MFDFr.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

mfdfrName

Input

Name of the MFDFr to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The ATM emulation, TDM emulation, EPL, EPLn services are supported.

4.17.3 activateMFDFr Definition void

activateMFDFr(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T mfdfrName,inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify,out MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T theMFDFr,out string errorReason)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Activates a specified MFDFr.

Parameters

4-106

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

mfdfrName

Input

Name of the MFDFr to be activated

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

tpsToModify

Input or output

TP data to be modified

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

theMFDFr

Output

MFDFr object that is in the activated state

MatrixFlowDomain Fragment_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The tpsToModify is not supported. The ATM emulation, TDM emulation, EPL, EPLn services are supported.

4.17.4 deactivateMFDFr Definition void

deactivateMFDFr(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T mfdfrName,inout subnetworkConnection::TPDataList_T tpsToModify,out MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T theMFDFr,out string errorReason)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deactivate a specified MFDFr.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-107

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

mfdfrName

Input

Name of the MFDFr to be deactivated

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

tpsToModify

Input or output

TP data to be modified

subnetworkConnecti on::TPDataList_T

theMFDFr

Output

MFDFr object that is in the deactivated state

MatrixFlowDomain Fragment_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The tpsToModify is not supported. The ATM emulation, TDM emulation, EPL, EPLn services are supported.

4.17.5 modifyMFDFr Definition void

4-108

modifyMFDFr(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T mfdfrName, in MFDFrModifyData_T modifyData, out MatrixFlowDomainFragment_T theMFDFr, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T notConnectableCPTPList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T parameterProblemsTPList, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Modify a specified MFDFr.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

mfdfrName

Input

Name of the MFDFr to be modified

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

modifyData

Input

Data to be modified

MFDFrModifyData _T

theMFDFr

Output

Modified MFDFr object

MatrixFlowDomain Fragment_T

notConnectableCPTPList

Output

Object list that fails to be connected during the modification

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

parameterProblemsTPList

Output

TP lists that fail to be modified at the source and sink ends

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

errorReason

Output

Failure cause

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The notConnectableCPTPList is not supported. The ATM emulation, TDM emulation, EPL, EPLn services are supported.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-109

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

4.17.6 createTrafficTrunk Definition void

createTrafficTrunk(in TrafficTrunkCreateData_T createData, out TrafficTrunk_T theTrafficTrunk , out string errorReason)raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create a traffic trunk.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

createData

Input

Traffic trunk to be created

TrafficTrunkCreate Data_T

theTrafficTrunk

Output

New traffic trunk

TrafficTrunk_T

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The dynamic RSVP tunnel and the IP tunnel are supported.

4.17.7 deleteTrafficTrunk Definition void

4-110

deleteTrafficTrunk(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T trafficTrunkName)raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Function Delete the specified traffic trunk.

Parameters Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

trafficTrunkName

Input

Name of the traffic trunk to be deleted.

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The dynamic RSVP tunnel and IP tunnel are supported.

4.17.8 activateTrafficTrunk Definition void

activateTrafficTrunk(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T trafficTrunkName, out TrafficTrunk_T theTrafficTrunk, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Activate the specified traffic trunk.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

trafficTrunkName

Input

Name of the traffic trunk to be activated

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-111

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

theTrafficTrunk

Output

Traffic trunk information after activation

TrafficTrunk_T

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Abnormal Values Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The dynamic RSVP tunnel and IP tunnel are supported.

4.17.9 deactivateTrafficTrunk Definition void

deactivateTrafficTrunk(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T trafficTrunkName, out TrafficTrunk_T theTrafficTrunk, out string errorReason) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Deactivate the specified traffic trunk.

Parameters

4-112

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

trafficTrunkName

Input

Name of the traffic trunk to be deactivated

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

theTrafficTrunk

Output

Traffic trunk information after deactivation

TrafficTrunk_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The dynamic RSVP tunnel and IP tunnel are supported.

4.17.10 modifyTrafficTrunk Definition void

modifyTrafficTrunk( in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T trafficTrunkName, in TrafficTrunkModifyData_T modifyData, out TrafficTrunk_T newTrafficTrunk, out string errorReason) raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Modify the specified traffic trunk.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

trafficTrunkName

Input

Name of the traffic trunk to be modified

globaldefs::Naming Attributes_T

modifyData

Input

Traffic trunk to be modified

TrafficTrunkModify Data_T

theTrafficTrunk

Output

Traffic trunk information after modification

TrafficTrunk_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-113

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The dynamic RSVP tunnel and IP tunnel are supported.

4.17.11 createIPCrossConnections Definition void

createIPCrossConnections( in IPCrossConnectionList_T ipCCList, out IPCrossConnectionList_T successedIPCCList, out IPCrossConnectionList_T failedIPCCList )raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

Function Create an IP cross-connection.

Parameters

4-114

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ipCCList

Input

List of IP crossconnections to be created

IPCrossConnectionL ist_T

successedIPCCList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that are successfully created

IPCrossConnectionL ist_T

failedIPCCList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that fail to be created

IPCrossConnectionL ist_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The static tunnel and PW switch are supported.

4.17.12 deleteIPCrossConnections Definition deleteIPCrossConnections(in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T ipCCNameList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T successedIPCCNameList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T failedIPCCNameList ) raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Delete an IP cross-connection.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ipCCNameList

Input

List of IP crossconnections to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

successedIPCCNameList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that are successfully deleted

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

failedIPCCNameList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that fail to be deleted

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-115

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The static tunnel and PW switch are supported.

4.17.13 activateIPCrossConnections Definition activateIPCrossConnections(in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T ipCCNameList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T successedIPCCNameList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T failedIPCCNameList, out string errorReason)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Activate an IP cross-connection.

Parameters

4-116

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ipCCNameList

Input

List of IP crossconnections to be activated

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

successedIPCCNameList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that are successfully activated

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

failedIPCCNameList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that fail to be activated

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The static tunnel and PW switch are supported.

4.17.14 deactivateIPCrossConnections Definition deactivateIPCrossConnections(in globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T ipCCNameList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T successedIPCCNameList, out globaldefs::NamingAttributesList_T failedIPCCNameList, out string errorReason)raises (globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Deactivate an IP cross-connection.

Parameters

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ipCCNameList

Input

List of IP crossconnections to be deactivated

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

successedIPCCNameList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that are successfully deactivated

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

failedIPCCNameList

Output

List of IP crossconnections that fail to be deactivated

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-117

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The static tunnel and PW switch are supported.

4.17.15 modifyIPCrossConnection Definition modifyIPCrossConnection(in globaldefs::NamingAttributes_T ipCCName, in transmissionParameters::LayeredParam eters_T transmissionParams, out IPCrossConnection_T newIPCC, out string errorReason)raises(globaldefs::ProcessingFailureException)

void

Function Modify an IP cross-connection.

Parameters

4-118

Parameter

Input/Output

Description

Value

ipCCName

Input

Name of the IP crossconnection to be modified.

globaldefs::Naming AttributesList_T

transmissionParams

Input

The attributes to be modified.

transmissionParamet ers::LayeredParamet ers_T

newIPCC

Output

Information about the IP crossconnection after modification.

IPCrossConnection_ T

errorReason

Output

Error reason

string

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

4 Interface Model

Abnormal Value Abnormal Value

Description

EXCPT_INVALID_INPUT

Invalid input.

EXCPT_INTERNAL_ERROR

An error of the U2000 occurs during the processing.

Restriction The static tunnel and PW switch are supported.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-119

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A

Object Naming Rules

This chapter lists the naming rules for various objects in the U2000 CORBA interface. The naming rules are in accordance with the TMF recommendations. The objects contain the following: A.1 EMS A.2 Subnetwork A.3 TopoSubnetwork A.4 ProtectionSubnetwork A.5 SubnetworkConnection A.6 ManagedElement A.7 TopologicalLink A.8 EPGP A.9 PTP A.10 FTP A.11 CTP A.12 TrafficDescriptor A.13 EquipmentHolder A.14 Equipment A.15 ProtectionGroup A.16 WDM ProtectionGroup A.17 VirtualBridge A.18 VLAN A.19 Ethernet Service A.20 ATM Service A.21 ATM ProtectGroup Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.22 QoS Rule A.23 Flow A.24 Flow Domain A.25 FlowDomainFragment A.26 EncapsulationLayerLink A.27 LinkAggregationGroup A.28 RPRNode A.29 Routing Area A.30 SNPPLink A.31 MatrixFlowDomainFragment A.32 TrafficTrunk A.33 IPCrossConnection A.34 tcProfileName

A-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.1 EMS Table A-1 EMS Object name

EMS

Naming rule in TMF

name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname"

Naming example

name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000"

Remarks

If it is necessary to manage several iManager U2000s at the same time, modify the U2000 names through the NMS Maintenance Suite to ensure that each U2000 name is unique in the NMS management domain. For the details, refer to "Configuring the CORBA NBI" in iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface User Guide.

A.2 Subnetwork Table A-2 Subnetwork Object name

Subnetwork

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="MultiLayerSubnetwork"; value="SubnetworkName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="MultiLayerSubnetwork"; value="1"

Remarks

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Currently the MultiLayerSubnetwork vlue is always 1..

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.3 TopoSubnetwork Table A-3 TopoSubnetwork Object name

TopoSubnetwork

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="TopoSubnetwork"; value=" TopoSubnetwork Name"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="TopoSubnetwork"; value="1"

Remarks

A.4 ProtectionSubnetwork Table A-4 ProtectionSubnetwork Object name

ProtectionSubnetwork

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ProtectionSubnetwork"; value="ProtectionSubnetworkName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ProtectionSubnetwork "; value="48"

Remarks

A.5 SubnetworkConnection Table A-5 SubnetworkConnection Object name

SubnetworkConnection

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="MultiLayerSubnetwork"; value="SubnetworkName" 3.name="SubnetworkConnection"; value="SubnetworkConnectionName"

A-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Object name

SubnetworkConnection

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="MultiLayerSubnetwork"; value="1" 3.name="SubnetworkConnection"; value="2008-10-12 02:17:58 - 286 -wdm "

Remarks

Currently the MultiLayerSubnetwork vlue is always 1.

A.6 ManagedElement Table A-6 ManagedElement Object name

ManagedElement

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825"

Remarks

A.7 TopologicalLink Table A-7 TopologicalLink Object name

TopologicalLink

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="TopologicalLink"; value="TopologicalLinkName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="TopologicalLink"; value="2008-10-17 19:02:47 - 9"

Remarks

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.8 EPGP Table A-8 EPGP Object name

EPGP

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name=" EPGP"; value=" EPGPName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="EPGP"; value="589825/1/2/1"

Remarks

As for the EPGP value "589825/1/2/1", "589825" represents NE ID. The following "1" represents the Subrack ID. "2" represents the EPGP ID. The last "1" represents the extended ID.

A.9 PTP Table A-9 PTP Object Name

PTP

TMF-recommended rules for naming parameters

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="PTP"; value="PTPName"

Examples of the parameter names of U2000 CORBA NBIs

SDH

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5/ domain=sdh/port=2"

A-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Object Name

A Object Naming Rules

PTP WDM

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="33554433" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=590225/ slot=8/domain=wdm/ port=3"

MSTP

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5/ domain=eth/type=mp/ port=1"

RTN

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="3554433" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=8/ domain=rtn/port=1"

PTN

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="3145433" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5/ domain=ptn/type=physical/ port=1"

Remarks

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

For the rules of naming the rack or shelf in a PTP name, see A.13 EquipmentHolder.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Object Name

PTP MSTP

In the case of the PTP in the MSTP domain, the port type can be: 1. Ethernet domain (in this case, domain=eth) mac: external Ethernet port. mp: internal Ethernet port (VCTRUNK port). rpr: resilient packet ring (RPR) Ethernet port. lp: VB logical port. For example, value="/rack=1/ shelf=1/slot=5/domain=eth/ type=lp/vb=1/port=1" for a PTP. 2. ATM domain (in this case, domain=atm) atm: external ATM port. atmtrunk: internal ATM port.

A.10 FTP Table A-10 FTP Object name

FTP

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="FTP"; value="FTPName"

Naming example

WDM

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="33554433" 3.name="FTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=590225/ slot=8/domain=wdm/ port=201"

A-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Object name

A Object Naming Rules

FTP PTN

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="3145433" 3.name="FTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/domain=ptn/ type=mp/port=1"

For naming rules for the rack, shelf in a FTP name, refer to section A.13 EquipmentHolder.

Remarks

PTN

In the case of the FTP in the PTN domain, the port type can be any of the following: mp: MP group ethtrunk: link aggregation group (LAG) EoA: virtual Ethernet port based on the ATM port EoVLAN: VLAN subport EoATM: virtual Ethernet port based on the DSL port (ATM bound group) EoEFM: virtual Ethernet port based on the DSL port (EFM bound group) serial: logical serial port ima: ATM IMA group

A.11 CTP Table A-11 CTP Object name

CTP

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="PTP"; value="PTPName" 4.name="CTP"; value="CTPName"

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Object name

CTP

Naming example

SDH

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5/ domain=sdh/port=2" 4.name="CTP"; value="/ sts3c_au4-j=1/vt2_tu12k=1-l=3-m=2"

WDM

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value= "33554433" 3.name= "PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=590224/ slot=2/domain=wdm/ port=1" 4.name="CTP"; value="/ och=1/dsr=2"

OTN

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value= "33554433" 3.name= "PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=590224/ slot=2/domain=wdm/ port=1" 4.name="CTP"; value="/ och=1/otu3=1/odu3=1/ dsr=1"

MSTP

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="590174" 3.name="PTP"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=4/ domain=eth/type=mac/ port=1" 4.name="CTP"; value="/ tunnellabel=16/vclabel=0"

A-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Object name

CTP

Remarks

SDH

1.For the VC3 CTP, the name format is: value="/ sts3c_au4-j=1/tu3_vc3k=2". 2. For the VC4 CTP, the name format is: value="/sts3c_au4-j=3". The VC2 CTP is not supported. 3. For the E4 level CTP included in PDH port, the name format is: value="/ sts3c_au4=1". 4. For the E3 level CTP included in PDH port, the name format is: value=" /tu3_vc3=1". 5. For the E1 level CTP included in PDH port, the name format is: value="/ vt2_tu12=1".

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Object name

CTP WDM

According to the actual scenario, the WDM CTP has the following six formats. 1.name="CTP"; value="/ dsr=1" Scenario: the client-side interface of the service convergence board and bidirectional wavelength conversion board 2. name="CTP"; value="/ dsr=1/och=1" Scenario: unidirectional wavelength conversion board only 3. name="CTP"; value="/ och=1/dsr=1" Scenario: line-side interface of the service convergence board 4. name="CTP"; value="/ och=1" Scenario: line-side interface of the service convergence board and bidirectional wavelength conversion board 5. name="CTP"; value="/ oms=1" Scenario: line-side interface of the multiplex board, demultiplex board and add/ drop multiplexing board 6.name="CTP"; value="/ os=1" Scenario: optical amplifier board, optical attenuation board and optical line protection (OLP) board

A-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Object name

A Object Naming Rules

CTP OTN

According to the actual scenario, OTN CTP has the following several formats: 1.name="CTP"; value="/ otu3=1"client-side interface of wavelength conversion board 2.name="CTP"; value="/ odu2=1/otu2=1/och=1" unidirectional wavelength conversion board 3. name="CTP"; value="/ och=1/otu2=1/odu2=1/ dsr=1" line-side interface bidirectional wavelength conversion board 4. name="CTP"; value="/ fragment=1/odu1=1" inverted virtual Concatenation on OTN board

MSTP

The Ethernet CTP is divided by adding labels of flow points to the PTP. The labels are in the following four formats. 1. For the MPLS port, the format is: name="CTP"; value="/tunnellabel=16/ vclabel=0". The tunnellabel cannot be "0". 2. For common ports, the format is: name="CTP"; value="/ethvid=0". ethvid=0: exclusive vlanid > 0 vlan: shared 3. For the QinQ port, the format is: name="CTP"; value="/ethcvid=2/ ethsvid=1". 4. For QinQ services based on port transparent transmission, the format is: name="CTP"; value="/ eth=1".

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.12 TrafficDescriptor Table A-12 TrafficDescriptor Object name

TrafficDescriptor

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="TrafficDescriptor"; value="TrafficDescriptorName" 1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei /U2000"

Naming example

2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="TrafficDescriptor"; value="101" Remarks

According to the name of TrafiicDescriptor, you can locate the next traffic descriptor in an NE.

A.13 EquipmentHolder Table A-13 EquipmentHolder Object name

EquipmentHolder

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="EquipmentHolder"; value="EquipmentHolderName"

Naming example

SDH NE

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="EquipmentHolder"; value="/rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=5"

A-14

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Object name

A Object Naming Rules

EquipmentHolder DWDM NE

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="33554433" 3.name="EquipmentHolder"; value="/rack=1/ shelf=590225/slot=1"

Currently, the U2000 CORBA interface supports three types of EquipmentHolder objects: rack, shelf, slot, and subslot. Subshelf is not supported.

Remarks

A.14 Equipment Table A-14 Equipment Object name

Equipment

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="EquipmentHolder"; value="EquipmentHolderName" 4.name="Equipment"; value="EquipmentName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="EquipmentHolder"; value="/ rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5" 4.name="Equipment"; value="1"

Remarks

A.15 ProtectionGroup Table A-15 ProtectionGroup Object name

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

ProtectionGroup

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-15

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="PGP"; value="ProtectionGroupName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="PGP"; value="1/5/2"

Remarks

A.16 WDM ProtectionGroup Table A-16 WDM ProtectionGroup Object name

WDM ProtectionGroup

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="WDMPG"; value="WDMPGName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="33554433" 3.name="WDMPG"; value="/pgtype=1/ shelf=590004/pgID=1"

Remarks

A.17 VirtualBridge Table A-17 VirtualBridge Object name

A-16

VirtualBridge

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Naming rule in TMF

A Object Naming Rules

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="vb"; value="VBName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="vb"; value="/rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=2/vb=1"

Remarks

A.18 VLAN Table A-18 VLAN Object name

VLAN

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="vlan"; value="VlanName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="vlan"; value="/rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=2/vb=1/vlan=1"

Remarks

A.19 Ethernet Service Table A-19 Ethernet Service Object name

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

ETH Service

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-17

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="EthService"; value="EthServiceName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="EthService"; value="1/4/1/2"

Remarks

A.20 ATM Service Table A-20 ATM Service Object name

ATM Service

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="AtmService"; value="ATMServiceName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="AtmService"; value="1"

Remarks

A.21 ATM ProtectGroup Table A-21 ATM ProtectGroup Object name

ATM ProtectGroup

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="AtmPG"; value="ATMPGName"

A-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Naming example

A Object Naming Rules

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="AtmPG"; value="1"

Remarks

A.22 QoS Rule Table A-22 QoS Rule Object name

QoS

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="QosRule"; value="QosName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="QosRule"; value="/rack=1/ shelf=1/slot=1/qostype=car/qos=1"

Remarks

A.23 Flow Table A-23 Flow Object name

Flow

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="Flow"; value="FlowName "

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="589825" 3.name="Flow"; value="/rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=1/flow=1"

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-19

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Remarks

A.24 Flow Domain Table A-24 Flow Domain Object name

FlowDomain

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="Flowdomain"; value="FlowDomainName "

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="Flowdomain"; value="1"

Remarks

Currently there is only one flow domain in the U2000.

A.25 FlowDomainFragment Table A-25 FlowDomainFragment Object name

FlowDomainFragment

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="Flowdomain"; value=" FlowdomainName" 3.name="FlowdomainFragment "; value="FlowdomainFragmentName "

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="Flowdomain"; value="1" 3.name="FlowdomainFragment"; value="2005-12-22 16:46:07 - 54 -eth"

Remarks

A-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.26 EncapsulationLayerLink Table A-26 EncapsulationLayerLink Object name

EncapsulationLayerLink

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="EncapsulationLayerLink "; value="EncapsulationLayerLinkName "

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="EncapsulationLayerLink"; value="2005-12-22 16:59:35 - 1770 -eth"

Remarks

A.27 LinkAggregationGroup Table A-27 LinkAggregationGroup Object name

LinkAggregationGroup

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name="LAG"; value="LAGName"

Naming example

1.name "EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name" ManagedElement"; value="590174" 3.name "LAG"; value="262145"

Remarks

A.28 RPRNode Table A-28 RPRNode Object name

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

RPRNode

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-21

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="ManagedElementName" 3.name=" RPRNode"; value=" RPRNodeName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="590174" 3.name="RPRNode"; value=" /rack=1/ shelf=1/slot=5/node=1"

Remarks

A.29 Routing Area Table A-29 Routing Area Object name

RoutingArea

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="RoutingArea"; value="RoutingAreaName"

Naming example

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="RoutingArea"; value="1"

Remarks

A.30 SNPPLink Table A-30 SNPPLink Object name

SNPPLink

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="RoutingArea"; value="RoutingAreaName" 3.name="SnppLink"; value="SnppLinkName "

A-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Naming example

A Object Naming Rules

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="RoutingArea"; value="1" 3.name="SnppLink"; value="3145745-1811939330-3145747-181 1939329"

Remarks

A.31 MatrixFlowDomainFragment Object Name

MatrixFlowDomainFragment

Naming rule in TMF

1.name="EMS"; value="CompanyName/ EMSname" 2.name="Flowdomain"; value=" FlowdomainName" 3.name="MatrixFlowdomainFragment "; value="MatrixFlowdomainFragmentName "

Naming example of parameters in U2000 CORBA interface

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="3145734" 3.name="MatrixFlowdomainFragment"; value="VSI=348|"

Remarks

A.32 TrafficTrunk Object Name

TrafficTrunk

Naming rule in TMF

None.

Naming example of parameters in U2000 CORBA interface

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="3145763" 3.name="TrafficTrunk"; value="TUNNEL=1|4|1.0.0.1|1.1.4.8|3||1||"

Remarks

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

A-23

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

A Object Naming Rules

A.33 IPCrossConnection Object Name

IPCrossConnection

Naming rule in TMF

None.

Naming example of parameters in U2000 CORBA interface

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="ManagedElement"; value="3145787" 3.name="IPCrossConnection"; value="PWSW=120|||||||||"

Remarks

A.34 tcProfileName Object Name

tcProfileName

Naming rule in TMF

None.

Naming example of parameters in U2000 CORBA interface

1.name="EMS"; value="Huawei/U2000" 2.name="TCPROFILE"; value="/ type=ATM/devtype=0/name=10"

Remarks

A-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B

B AdditionalInfo Description

AdditionalInfo Description

This chapter describes the usage of additional fields in each functional module of the U2000 CORBA interface. The additional fields, consisting of additionalInfo and additionalCreationInfo, have the following types: B.1 ManagedElement_T B.2 TerminationPoint_T B.3 Equipment_T B.4 SubnetworkConnection_T B.5 SNCCreateData_T B.6 SNCModifyData_T B.7 CrossConnect_T B.8 HW_EthService_T B.9 TrafficDescriptor_T B.10 EthernetOAMOperation_T B.11 ELLinkCreateData_T B.12 FDFrCreateData_T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

B-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

B.1 ManagedElement_T Table B-1 ManagedElement_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

PhyInfo

The equipment room that the NE resides

FREE STRING

An ONE does not have this field, and the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder.

GateWay

The NE-related gateway IP address

FIXED STRING,

An ONE does not have this field, the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder.

For example: 590175/127.0.0.1 (The first field is the NE-related GNE ID and the second field is the NE-related gateway IP address)

AlarmSeverity

The alarm of the currently highest severity on the NE

FIXED STRING Value range: "PS_CRITICAL", "PS_MAJOR", "PS_MINOR", "PS_WARNING", "PS_INDETERMINATE", "PS_CLEARED"

ShelfType

The type of the Shelf

FIXED STRING For example, " ST_TYPE1"

PreConfig

The pre-config information of NE

FIXED STRING Value range: "0", "1"

B-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

An ONE does not have this field, and the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder. An ONE does not have this field, and the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

Vendor

The name of the equipment supplier

FIXED STRING,

An ONE does not have this field, and the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder.

The maximum transmission rate

FIXED STRING,

MaxTransferRate

The value is "HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD"

Value range: "155M", "622M", "2.5G", "10G",

An ONE does not have this field, and the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder.

"40G", "160G", "UNKNOWN" The identifier of the affiliated subnet

FIXED STRING,

PSNName

The protection subnet that an NE belongs to

FREE STRING

This field is unavailable for an optical NE.

SupportFEC

FEC attribute of the port

FIXED STRING

This field is not available if the port is a non-WDM port.

Subnetwork

The value is "SubnetWork_1"

The value can be: "TRUE"

An ONE does not have this field, and the corresponding information will be reported to the additional field of equipment holder.

"FALSE"

B.2 TerminationPoint_T Table B-2 TerminationPoint_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

ServiceLoadFlag

Service loading flag

FIXED STRING

Applied to the tributary port

Value range: "0", unloaded "1", loaded Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

B-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

B.3 Equipment_T Table B-3 Equipment_T Field name

Meaning

Value

AlarmSeverity

The alarm of the currently highest severity on the equipment

FIXED STRING,

Remarks

Value range: "PS_CRITICAL", "PS_MAJOR", "PS_MINOR", "PS_WARNING", "PS_INDETERMINATE", "PS_CLEARED"

HardwareVersion

The information about the version of the hardware

FIXED STRING

This information is available for certain equipment.

Port_XX_SFP

The port SFP information. XX indicates the port number.

FREE STRING

The port SFP information.

B.4 SubnetworkConnection_T Table B-4 SubnetworkConnection_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

LSPType

LSP type

FIXED STRING

Only applied to intelligent SNCs

Value range: "LSP", normal LSP "FA_LSP", server LSP RelatedLsp

B-4

Associated LSP

FIXED STRING

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Only applied to intelligent SNCs

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

RevertiveMode

Revertive mode

FIXED STRING

Only applied to the intelligent SNC which is not unprotected or additional service.

Value range: "Revertive", revertive reroute "Non-Revertive", non-revertive reroute

B.5 SNCCreateData_T Table B-5 SNCCreateData_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

BundledSNC

Flag of the active trail

FREE STRING

Required when creating preconfigured trails

Whether the trail is preconfigured or not

FIXED STRING

Prefab

When a preconfigured trail is being created, this field is to flag the active trail.

Value range: "true", preconfigured trail "false", nonpreconfigured trail

LSPType

The LSP type

FIXED STRING Value range: "LSP", normal LSP "FA_LSP", server LSP

A1_Timeslot

The source timeslot

FREE STRING The value is the specified timeslot number [1-63] when creating trails.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Only applied when creating an SNC that is not all-route converged and the lower order timeslots are not specified in the CTP information.

B-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

Z1_Timeslot

The sink timeslot

FREE STRING

Only applied when creating an SNC that is not all-route converged and the lower order timeslots are not specified in the CTP information.

The value is the specified timeslot number [1-63] when creating trails.

Region

ODU2Rate

The specified type of the trail to be created

FIXED STRING

Specified rate level of the ODU2 trail to be created

FIXED STRING

The value is fixed as SONET. That is, the trail to be created is of the OC type.

This field is required when trails of the OC3, OC-12, OC-48, OC-192, and OC-768 types are created. The rate of a client WDM trail of the OC type is the same as the rate of a trail of the STM type. Therefore, this field is used to identify that the trail to be created is of the OC type.

The value can be "ODU2E" or "ODU2".

This field is required only when the ODU2 trail is created, because there are ODU2 trails of two rate levels in Huawei.

B.6 SNCModifyData_T Table B-6 SNCModifyData_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

RevertiveMode

Revertive mode

FIXED STRING

Only applied to the intelligent SNC which is not unprotected or additional service.

Value range: "Revertive", revertive reroute "Non-Revertive", non-revertive reroute

B-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

ReroutePriority

The priority of rerouting LSP

FIXED STRING

Only applied to intelligent SNCs

Value range: "Low", low priority of reroute "High", high priority of reroute

B.7 CrossConnect_T Table B-7 CrossConnect_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Direction

Whether the crossconnection is used for the positive SDH trail or the negative SDH trail.

FIXED STRING

Remarks

Value range: "Reverse", for the negative SDH trail "Obverse", for the positive SDH trail

ProtectionRole

The role of the crossconnection

FIXED STRING Value range: "Work", for working "Protection", for protection

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Mainly used to distinguish the working route and protection route when creating an all route trail

B-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

ClientType

The service type of WDM electrical cross-connection.

FIXED STRING

Used in WDM electrical crossconnection.

Value range: " SDH","SONET","G BE(GFP-T) ","GBE","10GBE (LAN) ","10G BE(WAN) ","10GBE","FC","F C(Slice) ","ESCON","FICON ","FICON(Slice) ","FICON(Slice) ","ODU","OTU"," OUT(5G) ","FE","HDTV","D VB","DVB-SDI ","FDDI","HYBRID ","ISC", " INFINIBAND","CP RI","ETR"

B-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

ClientRate

The service rate of WDM electrical cross-connection

FIXED STRING

Used in WDM electrical crossconnection.

Value range: IL_Optical_STM11 55 IL_Optical_STM23 11

The integer entered is represents the service rate.

IL_Optical_STM46 22 IL_Optical_STM81 250 IL_Optical_STM16 2500 IL_Optical_STM64 10000 IL_Optical_STM25 640000 IL_SAN_OC3155 IL_SAN_OC12622 IL_SAN_OC482500 IL_SAN_OC192100 00 IL_SAN_OC768400 00 IL_WDM_GEGFPT 1250 IL_SAN_GE1250 IL_ETH_10GE_LA N10000 IL_ETH_10GE_WA N10000 IL_SAN_10GE1000 0 IL_SAN_FC_25266 IL_SAN_FC_50531 IL_SAN_FC_10010 62 IL_SAN_FC_20021 24 IL_SAN_FC_40042 48 IL_SAN_FC_80085 00 Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

B-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

IL_SAN_FC_10001 0000 IL_SAN_FC_12001 0625 IL_SAN_FC_100_S LICE1062 IL_SAN_FC_200_S LICE2124 IL_SAN_ESCON20 0 IL_SAN_FICON10 62 IL_SAN_FICON_E xpress2124 IL_SAN_FICON4G 4000 IL_SAN_FICON8G 8500 IL_SAN_FICONEX PRESS_SLICE2124 Frequency

The frequency of WDM optical crossconnection

FIXED STRING For example, "196.000"

Used in WDM optical crossconnection.

B.8 HW_EthService_T Table B-8 HW_EthService_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

snkNodeNo

The number of sink node

FREE STRING

Only required when the RPR-related EVPL service, which cannot be created successfully without this field specified

svlan

QinQ service label

FIXED STRING

Used by the QinQ service to flag the labels of multiple levels

The value is an integer.

B-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

B.9 TrafficDescriptor_T Table B-9 TrafficDescriptor_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

SvcType

The TD type flag

FREE STRING

The serviceCategory field of the TD type flag of the UBR+ type is SC_NA. Therefore, this parameter is added for further explanation of the detailed type.

The value is fixed as SC_UBR+.

B.10 EthernetOAMOperation_T Table B-10 EthernetOAMOperation_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

srcCCActive

The enable flag of the source CC detection

FIXED STRING

Only applied to the CC detection

Value range: "on", the detection enabled "off", the detection disabled

snkCCActive

The enable flag of the sink CC detection

FIXED STRING Value range:

Only applied to the CC detection

"on", the detection enabled "off", the detection disabled

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

B-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

B.11 ELLinkCreateData_T Table B-11 ELLinkCreateData_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

ActivateStatus

The activate status of an ELL

FIXED STRING

Used to specify the activate status of an ELL when it is being created

Value range: "ACTIVE", ELL activated "DEACTIVE", ELL inactivated

Direction

The direction of an ELL

FIXED STRING Value range: "CD_UNI", unidirectional ELL

Used to specify the direction of an ELL when it is being created

"CD_BI", bidirectional ELL ReuseSnc

Reuse flag

FIXED STRING Value range: "Yes","No"

SncUniqueID

SNC ID

Specifies whether the ELL can reuse an SNC when the ELL is created.

FREE STRING

Specifies the ID of the SNC that can be reused by the ELL when the ELL is created.

B.12 FDFrCreateData_T Table B-12 FDFrCreateData_T Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

ActivateStatus

The activate status of FDFr

FIXED STRING

Used to specify the activate status of an FDFr when it is being created

Value range: "ACTIVE", FDFr activated "DEACTIVE", FDFr inactivated

B-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

B AdditionalInfo Description

Field name

Meaning

Value

Remarks

Direction

The direction of FDFr

FIXED STRING

Used to specify the direction of an FDFr when it is being created

Value range: "CD_UNI", unidirectional FDFr "CD_BI", bidirectional FDFr

EPLan

Whether to create an EPLan

FIXED STRING Value range: "1", To create an EPLan

Only applied when two MAC ports are specified

"0", Not to create an EPLan

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

B-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C

Lists

This chapter includes the following topics: C.1 Notification Event Samples C.2 IDL Description

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1 Notification Event Samples C.1.1 NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event Sample C.1.2 NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event Sample C.1.3 NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event Sample C.1.4 NT_STATE_CHANGE Event Sample C.1.5 NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample C.1.6 NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample C.1.7 NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample C.1.8 NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample C.1.9 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample C.1.10 NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event Sample C.1.11 NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event Sample C.1.12 NT_HEARTBEAT Event Sample C.1.13 NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event Sample C.1.14 NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample

C.1.1 NT_OBJECT_CREATION Event Sample Table C-1 NT_OBJECT_CREATION event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_OBJECT_ CREATION" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0315155247167

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589895

C-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5 name Equipment value 1

remainder_of_b ody

objectType

OT_EQUIPMENT

objectTypeQual ifier

""

emsTime

20060315091343.0Z

neTime

20060315091343.0Z

edgePointRelat ed

false

name

name EMS value Huawei/U2000

Null

name ManagedElement value 589895 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5 name Equipment value 1

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

userLabel

""

nativeEMSNam e

S16

owner

""

alarmReportingIndicator

true

serviceState

OUT_OF_SERVICE

expectedEquipmentObjectTyp e

S16(160)

installedEquipmentObjectTyp e

S16(160)

installedPartNumber

""

installedVersio n

4.02

installedSerialNumber

""

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks additionalInfo

name AlarmSeverity value ""

C.1.2 NT_OBJECT_DELETION Event Sample Table C-2 NT_OBJECT_DELETION event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_OBJECT_ DELETION" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0315155247223

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589895 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=5 name Equipment value 1

C-4

objectType

OT_EQUIPMENT

objectTypeQual ifier

""

emsTime

20060315094047.0Z

neTime

20060315094047.0Z

edgePointRelat ed

false

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Null

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1.3 NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE Event Sample Table C-3 NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_CHANGE event sample Sample contents header

fixed_header

Remarks Event_type

Type_name: " NT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE _CHANGE" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_da ta

""

variable_hea der

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationI d

0315155247477

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 590174 name PTP value /rack=1/shelf=1/slot=2/ domain=eth/type=mp/port=1

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

objectType

OT_PHYSICAL_TERMINATION_POINT

objectTypeQ ualifier

OT_MSTP_END_POINT

emsTime

20060315114900.0Z

neTime

20060315114900.0Z

edgePointRe lated

false

attributeList

transmission Params

layer 96 transmission Params

name EntranceDet ect value Disable

layer 98 transmission Params

NULL

layer 99 transmission Params

NULL

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1.4 NT_STATE_CHANGE Event Sample Table C-4 NT_STATE_CHANGE event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_STATE_C HANGE" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0315155247536

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 590174

objectType

OT_MANAGED_ELEMENT

objectTypeQual ifier

""

emsTime

20060315121151.0Z

neTime

20060315121151.0Z

edgePointRelat ed

false

attributeList

name communicationState value CS_UNAVAILABLE

Null

C.1.5 NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample Table C-5 NT_PROTECTION_SWITCH event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_PROTECT ION_SWITCH"

C-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm" Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0224131047672

emsTime

20060224152815.0

neTime

""

ProtectionType

PT_MSP_APS

switchReason

SR_RESTORED

layerRate

26

groupName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589965 name PGP value 1/1/17

protectedTP

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589965 name PTP value /rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=5/domain=sdh/port=2

switchAwayFro mTP

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589965 name PTP value /rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=5/domain=sdh/port=1

switchToTP

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589965 name PTP value /rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=5/domain=sdh/port=2

nativeEMSNam e

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei/U2000;NE141;1/1/17

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks additionalInfo

name ProductName value OpitX Metro 1000V3

C.1.6 NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample Table C-6 NT_ATMPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample Sample contents Header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_ATMPRO TECTION_SW ITCH" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0315155247622

emsTime

20060315123300.0Z

neTime

20060315123300.0Z

pgName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589895 name AtmPG value 1

switchMode

SingleEnded

protectType

HW_APT_1PLUS1

snkEndSwitchP ara

switchReason SR_MANUAL switchState HW_SS_SWITCH additionalInfo ""

C-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1.7 NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample Table C-7 NT_WDMPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_WDMPRO TECTION_SW ITCH" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0223112118245

emsTime

20060223043554.0Z

neTime

20060223043554.0Z

protectionGrou pType

1P1

switchReason

"SR_MANUAL"

groupName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 33554438 name WDMPG value /pgtype=1/ shelf=589847/pgID=1

protectedTP

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 33554438 name PTP value /rack=1/ shelf=589847/slot=10/ domain=wdm/port=1

switchAwayFro mTP

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 33554438 name PTP value /rack=1/ shelf=589847/slot=11/ domain=wdm/port=1

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks switchToTP

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 33554438 name PTP value /rack=1/ shelf=589847/slot=10/ domain=wdm/port=1

nativeEMSNam e

Huawei/U2000;otm;/pgtype=1/ shelf=NE23/pgID=1

additionalInfo

name ProductName value OptiX BWS1600G

C.1.8 NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample Table C-8 NT_RPRPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_RPRPROT ECTION_SWI TCH" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0317124742222

emsTime

20060317051751.0Z

neTime

20060317051751.0Z

nodeName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 590070 name RPRNode value /rack=1/ shelf=1/slot=8/node=1

switchState

C-10

HW_SS_NA

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks switchReason

SR_NA

switchPosition

HW_SP_NA

switchParamete rs

name switchPosition value east name switchState value switch name protectType value 5 name SwitchCountTimes value 1 name ProtectCountTime value 00:00:00 name LastSwitchCommand value protection::PC_FORCED_SWITC H name switchPosition value west name switchState value switch name protectType value 4 name SwitchCountTimes value 1 name ProtectCountTime value 00:00:00 name LastSwitchCommand value protection::PC_CLEAR

C.1.9 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample Table C-9 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name: " NT_EPROTEC TION_SWITC H" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name variable_header

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

""

name Timeout value 864000000000

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

filterable_data

Remarks

notificationId

0317093205535

emsTime

20060317032501.0Z

neTime

""

eProtectionGroupType

1_PLUS_1

eSwitchReason

SR_NA

groupName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EPGP value 589936/1/1/1

protectedE

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=8 name Equipment value 1

switchAwayFro mE

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=8 name Equipment value 1

switchToE

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=7 name Equipment value 1

C-12

nativeEMSNam e

Huawei/ U2000;NE112;589936/1/1/1

additionalInfo

name ProductName value OptiX 2500+

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1.10 NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE Event Sample Table C-10 NT_ASON_RESOURCE_CHANGE event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name:"N T_ASON_RES OURCE_CHA NGE" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

031717054427

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589835

objectTypeQual ifier

OT_ROUTING_NODE

notifyType

OBJECT_CREATE

emsTime

20060317091722.0Z

neTime

20060317091722.0Z

edgePointRelat ed

false

C.1.11 NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS Event Sample Table C-11 NT_PRBSTEST_STATUS event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name:"N T_PRBSTEST_ STATUS" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

""

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

filterable_data

Remarks variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId TPName

0318140108344 name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589849 name PTP value /rack=1/shelf=1/ slot=3/domain=sdh/port=1

TestStatus

FT_COMPLETED

percentComplet e

100

C.1.12 NT_HEARTBEAT Event Sample Table C-12 NT_HEARTBEAT event sample Sample contents header

Remarks fixed_header

Event_type

Type_name:"N T_HEARTBEA T" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_data

C-14

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 300000000

notificationId

03160939255

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000

objectType

OT_EMS

emsTime

20060316014052.0Z

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1.13 NT_ROUTE_CHANGE Event Sample Table C-13 NT_ROUTE_CHANGE event sample Sample contents header

fixed_header

Remarks Event_type

Type_name: "NT_ROUTE_CHANGE" Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm"

Event_name

filterable_da ta

""

variable_hea der

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationI d

0316135944420

objectName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name MultiLayerSubnetwork value 1 name SubnetworkConnection value 2006-03-16 14:07:23-47

objectType

OT_SUBNETWORK_CONNECTION

emsTime

20060316061019.0Z

neTime

""

routeChange Event

RerouteCom pleted

active:true

route

0

direction: CD_UNI cctype: ST_SIMPLE aEndNameL ist

name EMS value Huawei/ U2000 name ManagedEle ment value 589844

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-15

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks name PTP value / rack=1/ shelf=1/ slot=12/ domain=sdh/ port=1 name CTP value / sts3c_au4j=4 zEndNameL ist

name EMS value Huawei/ U2000 name ManagedEle ment value 589844 name PTP value / rack=1/ shelf=1/ slot=8/ domain=sdh/ port=1 name CTP value / sts3c_au4j=16

additionalInf o

1

name Direction value Obverse

active:true direction: CD_UNI cctype: ST_SIMPLE aEndNameL ist

C-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

name EMS value Huawei/ U2000

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remarks name ManagedEle ment value 589845 name PTP value / rack=1/ shelf=1/ slot=7/ domain=sdh/ port=1 name CTP value / sts3c_au4j=16 zEndNameL ist

name EMS value Huawei/ U2000 name ManagedEle ment value 589845 name PTP value / rack=1/ shelf=1/ slot=8/ domain=sdh/ port=1 name CTP value / sts3c_au4j=4

additionalInf o

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

name Direction value Obverse

C-17

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

C.1.14 NT_IPPROTECTION_SWITCH Event Sample Table C-14 NT_EPROTECTION_SWITCH event sample Sample contents header

Remark fixed_header

Event_type

Domain_name: "tmf_mtnm" Type_name: " NT_IPPROTE CTION_SWIT CH"

Event_name

filterable_data

""

variable_header

name Timeout value 864000000000

notificationId

0317093205535

emsTime

20100117032501.0Z

neTime

""

eProtectionGroupType

1_PLUS_1

eSwitchReason

SR_NA

groupName

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name IPPGP value 589936/1/1/1

protectedE

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=29 name Equipment value 1

switchAwayFro mE

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=8

C-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

C Lists

Sample contents

Remark name Equipment value 1 switchToE

name EMS value Huawei/U2000 name ManagedElement value 589936 name EquipmentHolder value / rack=1/shelf=1/slot=7 name Equipment value 1

nativeEMSNam e

Huawei/ U2000;NE112;589936/1/1/1

additionalInfo

name ProductName value OptiX PTN 3900

C.2 IDL Description Refer to the iManager U2000 V100R002C01 Northbound CORBA Interface Reference Guide.zip. NOTE

The iManager U2000 V100R002C01 Northbound CORBA Interface Reference Guide.zip is available on the Huawei technical support website. To obtain this document, contact the local technical support engineers.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

C-19

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D

Glossary

This appendix lists the glossary used in the guide. 1 1+1 optical path protection

At the place where the signals are input, the same channel of optical signals are input to two boards or ports of the WDM equipment through two fibers. The two boards or ports are backed up mutually. When a fault occurs to the working path, the input end of the WDM equipment switches to the protection path. If the working path recovers, the input end of the WDM equipment switch back to the working path.

A

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Access Control List (ACL)

Access Control List (ACL) is a list of IP address. The addresses listed in the ACL are used for authentication. If the ACL for the user is not null, it indicates that the address where the user logged in is contained in the list.

Adjacent Concatenation

For SDH, the virtual containers (VC) to carry concatenated services are consecutive in terms of their service in the frame structures, so that they use the same path overhead (POH).

Alarm

A visible or an audible indication to notify the person concerned that a failure or an emergency has occurred. See also Event.

AIS

Alarm Indication Signal. A signal sent downstream in a digital network if an upstream failure has been detected and persists for a certain time.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-1

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D-2

Alarm acknowledgement

The process during which when an alarm is generated, the operator needs to acknowledge the alarm and take the right step to clear the alarm.

AIS insertion

If there are excessive errors in a channel, AIS can be inserted in this channel to indicate it is unavailable. For a line board, you can set whether to insert AIS when there are excessive errors in the B1, B2 and B3 bytes. For a tributary board at the E1 or T1 level, you can set whether to insert AIS when there are excessive errors in BIP-2. For a tributary board at the E3 level or higher, you can set whether to insert AIS when there are excessive errors in the B3 byte.

Alarm delay time

Alarm delay includes start delay and end delay. An alarm is not regarded as being generated until the NE has been detecting it for a period of time, and this period of time is the alarm start delay time. An alarm is not regarded as being cleared until the NE has been detecting the ending of it for a period of time, and this period of time is the alarm end delay time. Setting the delay time can avoid the generation of unnecessary alarms due to misreport or jitter.

Alarm reversion

For the port that has already been configured but has no service, this function can be used to avoid generating relevant alarm information, thus preventing alarm interference.

Alarm suppression

The suppressed alarm of a specific object is not reported. The object here may be the networkwide equipment, a specific NE, a specific board and even a specific function module of a specific board.

ALC

Automatic Level Control. A technique (procedure) to automatically reduce the output power of optical amplifiers to avoid exposure to hazardous levels.

All-ONEs

The entire capacity of the adapted or characteristic information is set to logic "1".

ALS

The ALS function of an optical line system automatically switches off the transmitter of a regenerator section in case of cable break in this section.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

APS

Automatic Protection Switching. Autonomous switching of a signal between and including two MS_TT, Sn_TT, or Sm_TT functions, from a failed working trail/ SNC to a protection trail/SNC and subsequent restoration using control signals carried by the K-bytes in the MSOH, HO POH, or LO POH.

Auto-negotiation

The rate/work mode of the communication party set as self-negotiation is specified through negotiation according to the transmission rate of the opposite party.

Attribute

Property of an object.

B Bidirectional (protection) switching

For a unidirectional fault, both directions (of the trail, subnetwork connection, and so on), including the affected and unaffected direction, are switched.

Bit error alarm threshold

When the bit error reaches a specific limit, the equipment will report an alarm. This limit is the bit error alarm threshold. The threshold can be divided into crossing threshold and defect threshold.

Broadcast service

The unidirectional services from one service source to multiple service sinks are called the broadcast service.

C

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Concatenation

When the standard virtual containers (including VC4/VC3/VC12/VC11) are incapable of carrying the volume of a SDH signal, the containers can be concatenated to function as a larger container.

CoS

Class of Service. CoS keeps the priority mapping rules. It works in internal ports, especially when there is congestion, CoS is even more important. The services at different levels are processed according to the corresponding priorities. The service with higher priority is processed first and the service with lower priority is discarded when the bandwidth is insufficient.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-3

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D-4

Client trail

There is an inclusion relation between the trails of different levels, for example, a trail of a certain level contains multiple trails of lower levels. In such a structure, the lower level trail is called the client trail.

CI

Characteristic Information. The information passing across a CP or TCP. It is a signal with a specific format, which is transferred on "network connections". The specific formats will be defined in the technology specific Recommendations.

Client

A kind of terminal (PC or workstation) connected to a network that can send instructions to a server and get results through a user interface. See also server.

Collision trails

The data of a trail at the NE layer is changed. After the trail is re-searched, the original trail becomes a collision trail.

CoS

Class of Service. CoS keeps the priority mapping rules. It works in internal ports, especially when there is congestion, CoS is even more important. The services at different levels are processed according to the corresponding priorities. The service with higher priority is processed first and the service with lower priority is discarded when the bandwidth is insufficient.

Cross-Connection

Network services are realized through the cross-connections of NEs. The crossconnection is the connection of channels between the tributary board and the line board, or between line boards inside the NE.

Current alarms

Alarms that do not clear, or has cleared but is not acknowledged.

Current performance data

The performance data stored in the current register is called current performance data. The current 15-minute or 24-hour register (only one for each) is applied to collect the performance data in the current monitoring period. It changed within the monitor period.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Custom view

The user-defined view is a subset on the Main Topology. Included network entities can be NE, network management system, link and subnetwork. Generally, the network management personnel need to customize some views and select the network entity under their management from the Main Topology.

Clock View

The Clock View provides a visible platform to implement the clock management function.

D

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Data interface service

The service that uses the F1 byte in an SDH frame or some undefined bytes to transmit information such as call charge, network management system information and power supply monitoring.

DCC

Data Communications Channel. The data channel that uses the D1-D12 bytes in the overhead of an STM-N signal to transmit information on operation, management, maintenance and provision (OAM&P) between NEs. The DCC channels that are composed of bytes D1-D3 is referred to as the 192 kbit/s DCC-R channel. The other DCC channel that are composed of bytes D4-D12 is referred to as the 576 kbit/s DCC-M channel.

Discrete service

The cross-connection that exists on an NE but cannot form trails on the network management system.

Disk Mirroring

A procedure that involves duplicating data from a NetWare partition on one hard disk to the NetWare partition on another disk. Disk mirroring pairs multiple hard disks on the same channel, and like disk duplexing, writes data to both the original and secondary disk. If the original disk fails, the secondary disk automatically takes over. Disk mirroring cannot protect against failures that occur along the channel between the disks and the NetWare server, because the duplicate disks exist on the same channel.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-5

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

DNI

Dual node interconnection is an architecture between two rings where two nodes in each ring are interconnected. The two interconnections between the two rings can be arranged to provide protection of the traffic crossing from one ring to the other.

E

D-6

Extra traffic

During fault-free conditions, it is possible to use the protection channels to carry additional traffic. This additional traffic, which is referred to as extra traffic, has lower priority than the normal traffic on the working channels and has no means for protection.

Equipment set

An aggregate of multiple managed equipment. Equipment set facilitates the user authority management on equipment in the management domain of the network management system. If some operation authorities over one equipment set are assigned to a user (user group), these operation authorities over all equipment of the equipment set are assigned to the user (user group).

ECC

Embedded Control Channel. An ECC provides a logical operations channel between SDH NEs, utilizing a data communications channel (DCC) as its physical layer.

EMU

Environment Monitoring Unit. A type of power and environment monitoring unit that is used to monitor the environment variables, such as the power supply and temperature. With external signal input through the relay, fire alarm, smoke alarm, burglary alarm, and so on can be monitored as well.

Exercise switching

This command tests whether a switching protocol can work normally without completing the actual switching operation.

Exerciser - Ring

This command exercises ring protection switching of the requested channel without completing the actual bridge and switch. The command is issued and the responses are checked, but no working traffic is affected.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Exerciser - Span

This command exercises span protection of the requested channel without completing the actual bridge and switch. The command is issued and the responses are checked, but no working traffic is affected.

Extended ID of NE

The serial number of a subnetwork where an NE resides, which is usually used to distinguish different network segments. An extended ID and an ID form the physical ID of an NE.

Extended protection subnet

An unprotected chain like ADM-ADM-TM or ADM-ADM-ADM. The end-point NEs of a link is of the ADM type. As this type of protection subnetwork can be extended, we name it extended protection subnetwork.

F

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Failure

The fault cause persisted long enough to consider the ability of an item to perform a required function to be terminated. The item may be considered as failed; a fault has now been detected.

Fault

A fault is the inability of a function to perform a required action. This does not include an inability due to preventive maintenance, lack of external resources, or planned actions.

F1 byte

The user path byte, which is reserved for the user but usually it is special for network providers. The F1 byte is mainly used to provide the temporary data or voice path for special maintenance objectives. It belongs to the regenerator section overhead byte.

F2,F3 bytes

The user channel bytes. These two bytes provide the user with the communication between path units related to payload. They belong to the higher order path overhead byte.

fiber/cable

The general name of optical fiber and cable. The physical entity that connects transport equipment in a transport network, bears the transmitted object (user information, network management information) and implements the transport function.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-7

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Forced switching

This command performs the ring switch from working channels or boards to the protection channels or boards. This switch occurs regardless of the state of the protection channels or boards, unless the protection channels or boards are satisfying a higher priority bridge request.

Full duplex

The system that can transmit information in both directions on a communication link.

Full filtering trail

In this search mode, the network management system first deletes all the trail data on the network management system and reserves the service configuration data of respective NEs, and then re-searches for the service configuration data of respective NEs on the network management system to form the new trail information.

Full search

In the full search mode, all the trail information on the network management system will be deleted first (Only the trail information at the network layer on the network management system is deleted, while the service configuration information of NE in NE layer on the network management system and on the NE still remain). Then the service configuration information of respective NEs in the NE layer on the network management system is researched to form the trail information in the network layer on the network management system.

G

D-8

Gateway

The equipment that is used to connect two independent networks that use different communication protocols.

Gateway IP

IP address is used for TCP/IP communication between an NE and the network management system, which is effective only when it is used for TCP/IP communication. That is, only the gateway NE needs the IP address. IP address cannot be used to identify an NE uniquely. NEs in different TCP/IP networks may have the same IP address. And one NE may have several IP addresses (for example: an IP address of a dial-up network, an IP address of the Ethernet port and so on).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Gateway NE

D Glossary

The NE that communicates with the NMS and other NEs through a data communication network.

H Host name

Name of the computer that functions as a main controlling point in a network and provides special service to the users.

High Availability

The ability of a system to continuously perform its functions during a long period, which may exceeds the suggested working time of the independent components. You can obtain the high availability (HA) by using the error tolerance method. Based on learning cases one by one, you must also clearly understand the limitations of the system that requires an HA ability and the degree to which the ability can reach.

History alarms

Alarms that have cleared and been acknowledged.

History performance data

The performance data stored in the history register and the auto-report performance data stored on the network management system are called history performance data in a unified way.

I

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

In-Service Trail Modifying

A way of trail modification that allows you to configure new routes for a trail and enables the system to automatically delete the original trail after you apply the settings to the NE.

Incremental filtering trail

In this search mode, the network management system first reserves the trail data of the current client and then re-searches the service configuration data of respective NEs on the network management system according to the newly given search condition to form the new trail data and combine it with the original trail data to get the result.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-9

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D-10

Incremental search

The increment search mode compares the trail information in network layer on the network management system with the service configuration information of respective NEs on the network management system. If they are inconsistent, the trail information will be fed back into the list as an "Inconsistent Trail". When the user has deleted the inconsistent trail information, the system will re-search for the service configuration information that has not formed the trail in the NE layer on the network management system.

Inloop

An output signal is returned back to the corresponding input port.

Inter-board wavelength protection

This function is implemented by the wavelength conversion boards that are capable of dual fed and selective receiving. The dual fed is implemented by adding a passive optical splitter to the tributary. The signal selection is implemented by the SCC turning off the laser at the tributary side with poorer signal quality according to the signal quality of the lines of two wavelength conversion boards, and letting the channel of light with higher quality pass through the coupler. The coupler is also a passive device and only one channel of light can pass through it. If there are two channels of light passing through the coupler, they interferes each other that would cause bit error to the service. Hence, it is necessary to ensure that only the channel of light with higher quality pass through the coupler at the same time.

Intermediate office

A concept in the telecommunications area. A site that manages fiber/cable or grooms services

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Intra-Board wavelength protection

The intra-board wavelength protection is mainly implemented by the wavelength conversion board with dual fed and signal selection function. The dual fed is implemented by the optical divider inside the board, while the signal selection is implemented by the board turning off the laser of one of the receiving optical interfaces. Hence, this protection mode is also called optical wavelength intra-board path protection. The switching in this protection mode can be completed within a short time, but the services must be interrupted during the maintenance of the damaged board or equipment. Hence, this protection mode has a relatively lower reliability.

IP address

Internet Protocol Address. A 32-bit address that uniquely identifies a node in an IP Internet network. An IP address consists of a network ID and a unique host ID. An IP address consists of the decimal values of its eight bytes, separated with periods; for example, 192.168.7.27.

Isolated node

A type of special NE or an optical port on an NE. Logically, an isolated node does not comprise an SDH NE of any types, which are TM, ADM, REG and DXC

L

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Layer

A concept used to allow the transport network functionality to be described hierarchically as successive levels; each layer being solely concerned with the generation and transfer of its characteristic information.

License

A permission provided by a vendor to authorize the use of specific functions of a product. Usually the license consists of encrypted codes, and the operation authority varies with different level of license.

Lock status

Services are not switched to the protection board or channel when a fault occurs, if currently no switching takes place. If currently the switching takes place, after the working board or channel recovers to normal, the services are not switched back to the working board or channel.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-11

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Lockout of Switching

When the switching condition is satisfied, this function disables the service from being switched from the working channel to the protection channel. When the service has been switched, the function enables the service to be restored from the protection channel to the working channel.

Login mode

The client login mode includes single-user and multi-users login modes. The multi-users mode is the default mode.

M Management flag

A check box helps you to determine whether the trail is a managed object of the trail management function at the network layer. By default, trails are managed objects. If choosing not to manage it through the trail management function, you can manage the cross-connections of an individual NE through the service configuration function performed at a node.

Management information

The information that is used for network management in a transport network.

Manual switching

When the protection channel is efficient and there is no higher-level switching request, services are manually switched from the working channel to the protection channel, thus testing whether the network still has the protection capability.

MS node

The WDM network node that has the spectrum analysis unit in the link for which the ALC function is configured.

Multi-trail protection service

It is a protection mode in which multiple services with different trails but with the same sink protect an important service with the same sink. This protection mode supports protecting important services through nonoptical network trails, such as microwave. It presently supports that three protection trails protect one service trail. At the trail sink, it monitors the quality of protection trail signals and protects important services according to the priority and the signal quality.

Main Topology

The default network management system client interface, and all topology management functions are accessed here.

N

D-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

D Glossary

NE

Network Element. NE includes the hardware unit and the software running on it. Usually, one NE has at least an SCC (system control and communication) board which responsible for the management and monitoring of the NE. The NE software runs on the SCC board.

NE side

The NE configuration data saved on the SCC board of the equipment, which can be uploaded to the network management system and then stored in databases on the network management system NE side.

Network layer

The logical layer of the network management system that saves the network data. The configuration data related to a network is saved in databases.

NNI

Network Node Interface. The interface at a network node which is used to interconnect with another network node. See also SDH NNI.

Non-revertive

In non-revertive switching, there is a working and protection line, board and so on. Services remain on the protection line or board if the switch requests are terminated; that is, when the fault that caused them to switch to the protection line or board is cleared.

NE database

The databases that are saved in an NE. Usually, the databases are saved in the SCC board of an NE.

NE ID

In a network, each NE corresponds to a unique identifier, that is, the NE ID. In the OptiX transmission equipment, it is specified that the NE ID is a 24-bit binary digit, that is, three bytes. The DIP switch on the SCC board of the NE constitutes the lower 16 bits of the NE ID. The higher eight bits of the NE ID is the extended ID (default value: 9), which is also called the subnetwork number. The extended ID is usually used to identify different subnetworks.

NM

Network Management.

Non-protection subnet

A subnet that has no protection.

Network segment

The range of IP addresses in which the gateway NE functions.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-13

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

NE Explorer

The main operation interface, of the NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, which is used to manage the OptiX equipment. In the NE Explorer, the user can configure, manage and maintain the NE, boards, and ports on a per-NE basis.

NE Panel

A graphical user interface, of the network management system, which displays subracks, boards, and ports on an NE. In the NE Panel, the user can complete most of the configuration, management and maintenance functions for an NE.

O Outloop

An input signal is directly returned back to the corresponding output port.

OWSP

Optical Wavelength Shared Protection. OWSP is a bidirectional ring, where each node is equipped with an OWSP. There are two channels (λ1 and λ2) in the main optical path on the internal and external rings in each span on a ring. The fibre and the OWSP on the main optical path are connected with the optical ports inputting λ1 and λ2 on the mux/ demux board (unnecessary to be connected with the OTU), and thus λ1 and λ2 can be added and dropped at every node.

P

D-14

Path

A trail in a path layer.

Path protection

The working principle of path protection: When the system works in path protection mode, the PDH path uses the dual fed and signal selection mode. Through the tributary unit and cross-connect unit, the tributary signal is sent simultaneously to the east and west lines. Meanwhile, the cross-connect unit sends the dual fed signals from the opposite end to the tributary unit, and the tributary unit selectively receive the signal from the two signals.

Performance register

The memory space that is used to store performance events.

Performance threshold

A threshold mechanism can be used to generate an autonomous event report when the performance of a transport entity falls below a predetermined level.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

PMU

The unit that is used to monitor power supply in the equipment.

Protection policy

In case the service route provides multiple service protections, different protection strategies can be selected as required. Protection strategy refers to the protection mode given the priority in use for the trail: protection, no protection, and extra traffic. Of the above, the protection preference is divided into trail protection and sub-network connection protection.

Protection subnet

A network concept in the network management system. A protection subnet is not an MSP ring or a path protection ring. A protection subnet consist of NEs and fiber connections.

Protocol controller status

The status of the protocol controller of the protection subnet of the MSP or SNCP type. The statuses are not started, started, starting, partially started.

Pane

A major separate area of a window or dialog box, usually used for display rather than data entry.

R

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)

A manage information base (MIB) defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). RMON is mainly used to monitor the data flow of one network segment or the entire network.

Revertive switching

In revertive operation, the traffic signal (service) always returns to (or remains on) the working SNC/trail if the switch requests are terminated; i.e. when the working SNC/trail has recovered from the defect or the external request is cleared.

Resource sharing

Resource sharing means that a physical link resource may belong to multiple protection subnetworks.

Route

The path that a trail passes through.

Route constraint

The constraint conditions for calculating a route. When creating a trail, the user can specify the explicit route and the NEs that the trail cannot pass. The explicit route and the NEs are the constraints for calculating the route.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-15

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

ROADM

Reconfiguration Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing. ROADM helps you to terminate or pass through any one wavelength at every node without affecting the existing services. At the same time, ROADM can change wavelengths through the network management system remotely, to adjust wavelengths added or dropped in a quick and convenient manner. In addition, ROADM enables power equalization at path level through a built-in power equalization function, and thus adjusts power for passthrough paths in a better way than a bandbased dynamic gain equalizer (DGE) does.

S

D-16

Section

A trail in a section layer.

S1 byte

To implement protection switching of clocks in the whole network, the NE must learn about the clock quality information of the clock reference source it traces. Therefore, ITU-T defines S1 byte to transmit the network synchronization status information.

Safe control switch

The IPA safe switch is set in consideration of the long-span networking requirement, which cannot allow too low output optical power. If the safe control switch is turned off, IPA restarting optical power is the specified output power of the OAU. Otherwise, the IPA restarting optical power is restricted to less than 10 dBm.

Script file

It is the text file describing the physical information and configuration information of the entire network, including the Networkwide Configuration File, NE Port Naming File , NE Configuration File, NE List File, NM Computer Information File, Service Actualization Script, Network Layer Information File, Network Modeling and Design Information File and ASON Information File.

SD trigger condition

SD refers to signal degradation. The multiplex section protocol defaults to start switching in case of signal loss. In practice, signal degradation severely affects some services, so protection switching is needed. Or, you can turn off this trigger condition through the switch to avoid MS switching when the signal degrades.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

D Glossary

SD

Signal Degrade. A signal indicating the associated data has degraded in the sense that a degraded defect (dDEG) condition is active.

SDH-ASON Trail

A trail that spans both the SDH and ASON domains.

SF

Signal Fail. A signal indicating the associated data has failed in the sense that a near-end defect condition (not being the degraded defect) is active.

SDH NNI

SDH Network Node Interface. It is applied to build communications connection with the equipment beyond the management area of the network management system. Usually, the NM creates an SDH NNI by creating a logical system on the port of an idle line board, and the NE must be a TM without protection and fiber connection.

Search domain

The range of searching for NEs.

Server trail

There is an inclusion relation between the trails of different levels, for example, a trail of a certain level contains multiple trails of lower levels. In such a structure, the bearer trail that bears another trail of lower level is called the server trail.

Secondary filter trail

In this search mode, the NM re-searches the trail data displayed by the current client according to the given search conditions, helping the customer find the trail data which interests him the most.

Shortcut menu

A menu that is displayed when right-clicking an object's name or icon. Also called a context menu.

Serial port extended ECC

The ECC channel realized by means of serial port.

Service clock working route

The route of a service clock from the source to the sink in a WDM system. The working route can be in the form of point-to-point or broadcast (That is, an input clock source corresponds to multiple output clock sources).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-17

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D-18

Service configuration policy

When pass-through services are configured on the newly added nodes, the mode of highorder or low-order to pass through can be selected. When the VC12 service over a VC4 exceeds a preset threshold, higher order cross-connect is selected, otherwise lower order cross-connect is selected. When the services are not VC12 ones, they are converted into VC12 equivalents. For example: if there are two VC3 and four VC12 services on a VC4, there should be 21x2+4 = 46 VC12 services.

Service loading indication

To indicate the status of loading services in an SDH frame by using the C2 or V5 byte in the SDH path overhead.

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

An agreement signed between the network carrier and the client, concerning the treatments that the client can receive when services are transferred in the network. The agreement contains the information on technology and commerce. Usually, SLA refers to a specific QoS.

SLIP

Serial Line Interface Protocol, defines the framing mode over the serial line to implement transmission of messages over the serial line and provide the remote host interconnection function with a known IP address.

Subnet

The network that consists of a group of interconnected or correlated NEs, according to different functions. For example, protection subnet, clock subnet and so on.

Subnet connection protection

Subnetwork connection protection uses the 1 +1 mode. SNCP is of 1+1 protection mode. Payloads are transmitted simultaneously on both the working and the protection subnetwork connections. When the working subnetwork connection fails, or when its performance deteriorates to a certain level, at the receiving end of the sub-network connection, the signal from the protection sub-network connection is selected according to the preference rule. Switching usually takes the single-end switching mode, thus no protocol is needed.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Subnet mask

Also referred to as the network mask off code, it is used to define network segments, so that only the computers in the same network segment can communicate with one another, thus suppressing broadcast storm between different network segments.

Subnet number

Subnetwork number is used to differentiate the different network sections in the subnetwork conference. Actually it is the first several digits (one or two) of the user phone number. An orderwire phone number is composed of the sub-network number and the user number.

SNCP node

The SNCP node of a ring subnet that can support the ability to dually feed and selectively receive trails. In this way, subnet connection protection is realized . Usually, the node of the path protection type is set as an SNCP node.

Spread type

The spread type of ATM service includes point-to-point (p2p) and point-to-multipoint (including p2mpRoot and p2mpLeaf).

Switching priority

There may be the case that several protected boards need to be switched; thus the tributary board switching priority should be set. If the switching priority of each board is set the same, the tributary board that fails later cannot be switched. The board with higher priority can preempt the switching of that with lower priority.

Synchronize Alarm

When synchronizing the alarms, the network management system checks the alarms in the network management system database and the alarms in the NE. If they are inconsistent, the alarms in the NE are uploaded to the network management system database and overwrite the old ones.

Synchronize Fiber Service

To re-upload all services carried on the physical fiber links.

Synchronize NE time

To apply the system time of the network management system server to NEs so as to keep the time of all NEs consistent.

T

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-19

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D-20

Tag/Untag

The Ethernet port that can identify and transmit the packets with an 802.1q tag header is referred to as a Tag port; otherwise it is referred to as an Untag port.

Terminal NE

A source NE or a sink trail.

Topology

The network management system topology is a basic component of the man-machine interactive interface. The topology clearly shows the structure of the network, the alarms of different NEs, sub-networks in the network, the communication status as well as the basic network operation status.

Traffic frame discard flag

It is the traffic frame discard control. Two options are provided: enable and disable. It indicates the means by which the NE discards cells when the network is congested. When the frame discard mark is closed, the cells will be discarded at the cell level; when it is opened, they will be discarded at the frame level. Here, "frame" refers to the AAL protocol data unit.

Trail

A "transport entity" which consists of an associated pair of "unidirectional trails" capable of simultaneously transferring information in opposite directions between their respective inputs and outputs.

Trail consistency check

Check whether the circuit route and the activation status of the NM side and NE side are the same, clear the superfluous MOs and combine some of the circuits. During network expansion, such an operation as adding fibers to the SDH NNI or configuring/deleting services through the configuration layer will result in circuit inconsistency.

Trail management function

A network level management function of the network management system. Through trail management, you can configure end-to-end services, view graphic interface and visual routes of a trail, query detailed information of a trail, filter, search and locate a trail quickly, manage and maintain trails in a centralized manner, manage alarms and performance data by trail, and print a trail report.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Trail View

The user interface of the network management system, that is used to manage trails based on topologies. The Trail View helps the user to quickly configure and maintain trails. See also Protection View, Clock View.

Transmission media layer route

The route that consists of the physical media (such as fibers and NEs)that a trail passes through.

Trunk link

A route that bears Ethernet services in the network management system.

TPS protection

The equipment level protection that uses one standby tributary board to protect N tributary boards . When a fault occurs on the working board, the SCC issues the switching command, and the payload of the working board can be automatically switched over to the specified protection board and the protection board takes over the job of the working board . After the fault is cleared, the service is automatically switched to the original board

U

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Upper threshold

The value that can generate a performance threshold crossing if exceeded.

UAT

Unavailable Time. A UAT event is reported when the monitored object generates 10 consecutive severely errored seconds (SES) and the SESs begin to be included in the unavailable time. The event will end when the bit error ratio per second is better than 10-3 within 10 consecutive seconds.

Unidirectional (protection) switching

Unidirectional (Protection) Switching . For a unidirectional fault (that is, a fault affecting only one direction of transmission), only the affected direction (of the trail, subnetwork connection) is switched.

UNI

User Network Interface. The interface between the user and a network node.

Unprotected

Services transmitted through an ordinary way, once a failure or interruption occurs, the data cannot be restored for lack of protection mechanism.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-21

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

Unterminated Service

The service that is not terminated within the management domain of the network management system.

UPC/NPC

Usage Parameter Control/Network Parameter Control. During the communication, the UPC is implemented to monitor the actual traffic on each virtual circuit that is input to the network. Once the specified parameter is exceeded, measures will be taken to control. NPC is similar to the UPC in function. The difference is that the incoming traffic monitoring function is divided into UPC and NPC according to their positions. The UPC locates at the user/ network interface, while the NPC at the network interface.

Upload

To query all or some of the configuration data of the NE to the network management system and overwrite the configuration data saved at the NE layer of the network management system.

User

The user of the network management system client or NE user. The user and password define the corresponding authority of operation and management.

User group

User set refers to the set of NMS users with the same management authorities. The default user group includes: system administrator, system maintainer, system operator and system supervisor. The attributes of user set include name and detailed description.

V

D-22

Virtual fiber

The fiber that is created between different equipments. A virtual fiber is used to represent the optical path that bears SDH services in a WDM system.

VC12,VC3 trail

The channels (that is trail group) provided for trail-layer network nodes (such as a switch) in a path-layer network, and act as the basic unit of transport capacity of paths between trail-layer network nodes.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

VC4 server trail

The path rate of the VC4 server trail is 150.336 Mbit/s. The VC4 server trail provides transparent channels (that is, circuit group) for circuit-layer network nodes (for example, a switch) in a path-layer network, and acts as the basic unit of inter-office communication path. When the VC4 server trail is configured, only the higher order cross-connection of VC4 is generated in the intermediate NE, but no cross-connection is generated at the two ends, that is, no service is added/dropped. Therefore, the VC4 server trail is not a traditional service. It is only the basis for VC3 and VC12 trail creation.

VCC

Virtual Channel Connection. The VC logical trail that carries data between two end points in an ATM network.

VCI

Virtual Channel Identifier . The identifier in the ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) cell header that identifies to which virtual channel the cell belongs.

VPI

The field in the ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) cell header that identifies to which VP (Virtual Path) the cell belongs.

Virtual concatenation

For SDH, the virtual containers (VC) to carry concatenated services are independent in terms of their location in the frame structures, so that they can be located flexibly.

Virtual NE

Like a normal NE, a virtual NE is also displayed with an icon on a window , but it is only an NE simulated according to the practical situation, which does not represents an actual NE. Therefore, the actual status of this NE cannot be queried and its alarm status cannot be displayed with colors. Usually, when the trail management function is used for the NEs or subnets the network management system cannot manage, or the equipment is interconnected to the equipment from other vendors for service configuration, the end-to-end service configuration method and the trail management capability are provided.

W

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-23

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

D Glossary

D-24

Wave band

A board like the MB2 divides the wavelength resources into such fixed wavelength groups as 1 - 4, 5 - 8 and 9 - 12, and so on. A wavelength group is called a wave band, and a wave band carrying services to be added or dropped is called add/drop wave band.

WTR

Wait to Restore. This command is issued when working channels meet the restore threshold after an SD or SF condition. It is used to maintain the state during the WTR period unless it is preempted by a higher priority bridge request.

WTR time

A period of time that must elapse before a trail/connection that is recovered from a fault can be used again to transport the normal traffic signal and/or to select the normal traffic signal.

Wavelength path protection ring

The wavelength path protection ring comprises the working ring and the protection ring. Service signals are transmitted in the two rings in opposite directions. In the wavelength path protection ring, service signals from one node (such as node A) to another node (such as node C) are transmitted via the working ring and the protection ring at one time. Node C receives the signals from the two rings at the same time and selects the signal with higher quality.

Wavelength protection group

The important data that is used to describe the wavelength protection structure. The wavelength path protection can only work with the correct configuration of the wavelength protection group.

Wavelength protection subnet

The ring-chain structure that is used to describe wavelength protection . The wavelength protection subnet is the basic network-level information and the basic network-level data oriented to user . The user can create or delete a protection subnet, set parameters for the protection subnet as required. In this way, the management at the network layer is realized.

Working path

A specific path that is part of a protection group and is labeled working.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

WXCP service

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

D Glossary

Wavelength Cross-Connection Protection. The services that have path protection on a ring network. Services are dually fed and selectively received. The working service and the protection services are switched by using the cross-connection function.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

D-25

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

E

E Acronyms and Abbreviations

Acronyms and Abbreviations

A ACE

Adaptive Communication Environment

AIS

Alarm Indication Signal

AMI

Alternate Mark Inversion code

APS

Automatic Protection Switching

ASON

Automatically Switched Optical Network

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation One

ATM

Asynchronous Transfer Mode

B BIOS

Basic Input/Output System

BML

Business Management Layer

C CAR

Consent Access Rate

CC

Cross Connection

CDE

Common Desktop Environment

CORBA

Common Object Request Broker Architecture

COS

Class Of Service

CTP

Connection Termination Point

CPU

Central Processing Unit

D DCC

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Data Communication Channels

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-1

E Acronyms and Abbreviations

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

DCN

Data Communication Network

DNI

Dual Node Interconnection

DPC

Destination (signalling) Point Code

DWDM

Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing

E ECC

Embedded Control Channel

ELL

Encapsulation Layer Link

EML

Element Management Level

EMS

Element Management System

EPG

Equipment Protection Group

EPL

Ethernet Private Line

EPLn

Ethernet Private LAN

EVPL

Ethernet Virtual Private Line

EVPLn

Ethernet Virtual Private LAN

F FD

Flow Domain

FDFr

Flow Domain Fragment

FEC

Forward Error Correction

FIFO

First In First Out

FTP

File Transfer Protocol

G GCT

GUI Cut-Through

GE

Gigabit Ethernet

GNE

Gate Network Element

GUI

Graphic User Interface

GCM

Global Cluster Manager

H HA

High-Availability

I

E-2

ID

Identity

IDL

Interface Definition Language

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

E Acronyms and Abbreviations

IGMP

Internet Group Management Protocol

IIOP

Internet Inter-ORB Protocol

ION

Intelligent Optical Network

IMAP

Integrated Management Application Platform

ITU-T

International Telecommunication UnionTelecommunication Standardization Sector

IP

Internet Protocol

L LAN

Local Area Network

LAG

Link Aggregation Group

LCAS

Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme

LCT

Local Craft Terminal

M MAC

Media Access Control

MDP

Message Dispatch Process

ME

Managed Element

MO

Managed Object

MODEM

Modulator-Demodulator

MPLS

Multi-Protocol Label Switching

MS

Multiplex Section

MSP

Multiplex Section Protection

MSTP

Multi-Service Transmission Platform

MIB

Management Information Base

MIT

Managed Object Instance Tree

MTNM

Multi-Technology Network Management

NE

Network Element

NEL

Network Element Level

NML

Network Management Level

NMS

Network Management System

O OADM

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-3

E Acronyms and Abbreviations

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

OAM

Operation Administration Maintenance

OCH

Optical Channel

OMG

Object Management Group

ORB

Object Request Broker

OSF

Operation System Function

OSS

Operation Support System

OSN

Optical Switch Net

OSI

Open Systems Interconnection

OTS

Optical Transmission Section

OTM

Optical Terminal Multiplexer

OTU

Optical Transponder Unit

P PC

Personal Computer

PDH

Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy

PE

Provider Edge

PG

Protection Group

PM

Performance Monitor

PP

Path Protection

PRBS

Pseudo Random Binary Sequence

PSTN

Public Switched Telephone Network

PTP

Physical Termination Point

PVP

Permanent Virtual Path

Q QoS

Quality of Service

R RAS

Remote Access Server

RDI

Remote Defect Indication

RMON

Remote Monitoring

RPR

Resilient Packet Ring

S SCSI

E-4

Small Computer Systems Interface

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

E Acronyms and Abbreviations

SD

Signal Degradation

SDH

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

SML

Service Management Layer

SMS

Service Management System

SNML

Sub-Network Management Layer

SNMS

Subnetwork Management System

SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

SNC

Subnetwork Connection

SNCP

Sub-Network Connection Protection

SNPP

Sub-Network Point Pool

SONET

Synchronous Optical Network

SSL

Security Socket Layer

SSM

Synchronization Status Message

T TAO

The ACE ORB

TCA

Threshold Crossing Alarm

TCM

Tandem Connection Monitoring

TCP

Transport Control Protocol

TD

Traffic Descriptor

TMF

Telecommunication Management Forum

TMN

Telecommunication Management Network

TP

Termination Point

U UPC

Usage Parameter Control

UPS

Uninterrupted Power Supply

UTC

Coordinated Universal Time

V

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)

VB

Virtual Bridge

VC

Virtual Connection

VC

Virtual Circuit

VC

Virtual Container

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

E-5

E Acronyms and Abbreviations

iManager U2000 Northbound CORBA Interface Developer Guide (Configuration)

VC

Virtual Channel

VCI

Virtual Channel Identifier

VCS

Veritas Cluster Server

VVR

Veritas Volume Replicator

VxVM

Veritas Volume Manager

VLAN

Virtual LAN

VPI

Virtual Path Identifier

W

E-6

WAN

Wide Area Network

WDM

Wavelength Division Multiplexing

WTR

Wait-to-Restore

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-08-16)